<chapter id="gdvqu"><title>What's
New in Solaris Express</title><highlights><para>This document summarizes all features in the current Software Express
release. The current release is the <trademark>Solaris</trademark> Express
Developer Edition 1/08 release.</para><para>The Solaris Express Developer Edition (Developer release) provides a
simple initial installation of the Solaris OS for your laptop. Combined with
community and Sun support and training services, this release includes the
tools, technologies, and platforms enables developer to create custom Solaris, <trademark>Java</trademark>, and Web 2.0 applications.</para><itemizedlist><para>The Developer release includes the following operating system, desktop,
and developer tools:</para><listitem><para>Solaris Express operating system and desktop - Includes new
features from the <trademark>Sun Java</trademark> Desktop System (Java DS).
Java DS is a secure and comprehensive enterprise desktop software solution
that combines open source innovation from various communities such as GNOME,
and Firefox. The Desktop includes the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>GNOME 2.20 - The latest enhanced GNOME desktop</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Firefox 2.0.0.3 and Thunderbird 2.0 - Current release of Mozilla's
browser and email service</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Orca - Screen reader and magnifier for the Java DS and GNOME
desktop</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Java and Gnome bindings for the GNOME Platform libraries and
the Cairo 2D drawing engine - Enable GNOME and GTK+ applications to be written
in Java software</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><trademark>NetBeans</trademark> plug-ins - Used in the NetBeans
IDE to create applications</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Ekiga - An open source desktop Voice over IP (VoIP) and video
conferencing application for the GNOME desktop</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Vino - Provides the ability to remotely administer a desktop
session</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem><listitem><para><trademark>Sun</trademark> Studio 12 - C, C++, Fortran compilers,
IDE, and integrated tools</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>NetBeans IDE 5.5 - An open-sourced IDE for Java software developers</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>NetBeans IDE Enterprise Pack 5.5 - Added to the NetBeans IDE,
functionality to develop Java Platform, Enterprise Edition 5 based applications</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Java Platform, Standard Edition 6 - The OpenJDK based release
of the Java platform JDK</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><trademark>StarOffice</trademark> 8 - The OpenOffice based
productivity suite, including word processor, spreadsheet, and presentation
tools</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Open Source Tools - Over 150 open source applications, including
Perl, Python, and GCC</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>To learn more about the Java DS features, see  <ulink url="http://opensolaris.org/os/project/jds/" type="url">http://opensolaris.org/os/project/jds/</ulink>.</para><note><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The Developer release installation defaults to the Solaris
Express Developer Edition release. This Developer release includes a set of
 developer tools and uses a quick installation process.</para><para>The prior
default was to install the Solaris Express release. The Solaris Express release
does not include the developer tools set. But, this release  enables you to
customize your system configuration during the installation. Now,  if you
want to install the Solaris Express release, you must select that release
 in the initial installation screen.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</note>
</highlights><sect1 id="ggdpi"><title>New Features in Solaris Express Developer Edition
1/08</title><sect2 id="ggdoz"><title>Solaris Trusted Extensions Administrator's Procedures</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris
Trusted Extensions packages are installed when the Solaris OS is installed.
The <filename>ExtraValue</filename> directory is no longer present. This directory
previously included the Solaris Trusted Extensions packages. The Solaris Trusted
Extensions functionality is managed by the service management facility (SMF)
as the <literal>svc:/system/labeld:default</literal> service. This service
must be enabled. After the service is in the online state, reboot the system
to activate Solaris Trusted Extensions. Additional configuration is required
after the reboot. For more information, see <olink targetdoc="trsoladmproc" targetptr="trp-part-1" remap="external">Part&nbsp;I, <citetitle remap="chapter">Initial Configuration of Trusted Extensions,</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">Solaris Trusted Extensions Administrator&rsquo;s Procedures</citetitle></olink>.</para><para>The Developer 1/08 release also includes the following features:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The domain of interpretation (DOI) is configurable. For more
information, see <olink targetdoc="trsoladmproc" targetptr="tnetov-40" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Network Security Attributes in Trusted Extensions</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">Solaris Trusted Extensions Administrator&rsquo;s Procedures</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The NFSv3 protocol supports multilevel mounts. For more information,
see <olink targetdoc="trsoladmproc" targetptr="managefiles-26" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Trusted Extensions Software and NFS Protocol Versions</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">Solaris Trusted Extensions Administrator&rsquo;s Procedures</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The name service cache daemon (<command>nscd</command>) can
be separately configured per labeled zone. This configuration supports environments
where each zone is connected to a subnetwork that runs at the label of the
zone, and the subnetwork has its own name server for that label.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information about Solaris Trusted Extensions, see <olink targetdoc="trsoladmproc" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Trusted Extensions Administrator&rsquo;s Procedures</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdnp"><title>Network Data Management Protocol Service</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08
release.</para><para>The Network Data Management Protocol (NDMP) is a  standard for backing
up data, usually to tape, from network clients. With NDMP running as a service,
any NDMP-compliant data management application on the network is a client
and can back up its data to the NDMP server, a Sun StorageTek NAS appliance.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdpc"><title>StarOffice 8</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, StarOffice 8 has been enhanced to include
a new Chart engine.</para><para>For more information about the new Chart engine, see <ulink url="http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Chart2/Features2.3" type="url"></ulink>.
For more information about StarOffice, see <ulink url="http://www.sun.com/software/star/staroffice/whats_new.jsp" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdpn"><title>GNOME 2.20</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>GNOME 2.20 is the latest version of the multi-platform desktop environment,
GNOME Desktop. GNOME 2.20 contains the following features:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Email client</emphasis> &ndash; The
email client, Evolution, contains the following features:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Attachment warning</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Email notification icon in panel's notification area</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Backup</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>&ldquo;Magic Space Bar&rdquo;</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Text Editing</emphasis> &ndash; Gedit,
has an all-new syntax highlighting system which now supports syntax highlighting
for scripting languages such as PHP and Ruby.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">File Management</emphasis> &ndash;
Desktop search is integrated into the file chooser dialog. The Nautilus file
manager now displays more information in the Properties window for drives,
including a pie graph that displays how much space is left. In addition, you
can now see the overall disk usage in the Disk Usage Analyzer  utility.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Control Panel</emphasis> &ndash; For
GNOME 2.20, the control panels are reorganized slightly to reduce the  number
of control panels, making it easier to find what you need. For example, this
release introduces Appearance control panel applet. The Theme, Background,
Fonts, and Interface applets have been merged to create this new applet, simplifying
the Preferences menu. In addition, some of the Accessibility preferences have
been moved to a new tab in the Preferred Applications control panel.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Help System</emphasis> &ndash; The
GNOME help browser (yelp) infrastructure is modified to improve the style
and layout of the help system. In addition, the colors match your current
theme better. Help pages appear more quickly, as individual pages are now
loaded on demand instead of the entire manual being parsed unnecessarily.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Right-To-Left Language Interfaces</emphasis> &ndash;
Right-to-left language interfaces are present for languages such as Arabic
and Hebrew which are written from right to left. Users of  these languages
expect most user interface elements to be similarly mirrored, compared to
left-to-right user interfaces.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para> <emphasis role="strong">GTK+</emphasis> &ndash; GNOME 2.20
uses version 2.12 of the GTK+ UI toolkit API.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Glib</emphasis> &ndash; The Glib utility
library now has a <literal>g_get_user_special_dir</literal>() that provides
the path to special folders defined by FreeDesktop.org's <literal>xdg-user-dirs</literal> specification
and tool. For text processing, the new GRegex API provides regular expression
string  matching without the need for an additional library.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Glade</emphasis> &ndash; Starting
with this release, there are user interface and architectural improvements.
For example, tool windows such as the editor, the inspector, and the palette,
are now dockable.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Accerciser</emphasis> &ndash; Accerciser
is an interactive Python accessibility explorer, and a replacement of at-poke.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Rarian</emphasis> &ndash; Rarian is
a documentation meta-data library, designed as a replacement for Scrollkeeper.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Gnome-devel-docs</emphasis> &ndash;
 Gnome-devel-docs is the GNOME developer documentation suite.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Poppler-data</emphasis> &ndash; New
private data is installed under <filename>/usr/share/poppler</filename> containing
private encoding files for use with poppler.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">GNOME Display Manager (GDM)</emphasis> &ndash;
GDM now has better <literal>utmp</literal> and <literal>wtmp</literal> auditing.
GDM can also now use Role Based Access Control (RBAC) to control access to
the  Shutdown, Reboot, and Suspend features.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Avahi</emphasis> &ndash; Some GNOME
applications, such as Ekiga and Rhythmbox, provide support for service discovery
and registration using Avahi. The Avahi client API can be used by all GNOME
applications. The Avahi daemon makes calls to the Bonjour API and uses the
Bonjour server for service discovery and  registration. On Linux and FreeBSD
platforms, the Avahi daemon implements the mDNS stack.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggekv"><title>Enhancements to the Solaris ZFS File System</title><para>This sections describes new ZFS features in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Using Cache Devices in Your ZFS Storage
Pool</emphasis> &ndash; In this Solaris release, you can create pool and specify <emphasis>cache devices</emphasis>, which are used to cache storage pool data.</para><para>Cache devices provide an additional layer of caching between main memory
and disk. Using cache devices provide the greatest performance improvement
for random read-workloads of mostly static content.</para><para>One or more
cache devices can specified when the pool is created. For example:</para><screen># zpool create pool mirror c0t2d0 c0t4d0 cache c0t0d0
# zpool status pool
  pool: pool
 state: ONLINE
 scrub: none requested
config:

        NAME        STATE     READ WRITE CKSUM
        pool        ONLINE       0     0     0
          mirror    ONLINE       0     0     0
            c0t2d0  ONLINE       0     0     0
            c0t4d0  ONLINE       0     0     0
        cache
          c0t0d0    ONLINE       0     0     0

errors: No known data errors</screen><para>After cache devices are added, they gradually fill with content from
main memory. Depending on the size of your cache device, it could take over
an hour for them to fill. Capacity and reads can be monitored by using the <command>zpool iostat</command> command as follows:</para><screen># zpool iostat -v pool 5</screen><para>Cache devices can be added or removed from the pool after the pool is
created.</para><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zpool-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Enhancements to the zfs send Command</emphasis> &ndash;
 This release includes the following enhancements to the <command>zfs send</command> command.</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Send all incremental streams from one snapshot to a cumulative
snapshot. For example:</para><screen># zfs list
NAME                      USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT
pool                      428K  16.5G    20K  /pool
pool/fs                    71K  16.5G    21K  /pool/fs
pool/fs@snapA              16K      -  18.5K  -
pool/fs@snapB              17K      -    20K  -
pool/fs@snapC              17K      -  20.5K  -
pool/fs@snapD                0      -    21K  -
# zfs send -I pool/fs@snapA pool/fs@snapD > /snaps/fs@combo</screen><para>Send all incremental snapshots between <filename>fs@snapA</filename> to <filename>fs@snapD</filename> to <filename>fs@combo</filename>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Send an incremental stream from the origin snapshot to create
a clone. The original snapshot must already exist on the receiving side to
accept the incremental stream. For example:</para><screen># zfs send -I pool/fs@snap1 pool/clone@snapA > /snaps/fsclonesnap-I
.
.
# zfs receive -F pool/clone &lt; /snaps/fsclonesnap-I</screen>
</listitem><listitem><para>Send a replication stream of all descendent file systems,
up to the named snapshots.  When received, all properties, snapshots, descendent
file systems, and clones are preserved. For example:</para><screen>zfs send -R pool/fs@snap > snaps/fs-R</screen><para>For an extended example, see <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" targetptr="gfwqb" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Sending and Receiving Complex ZFS Snapshot Streams</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Send an incremental replication stream. </para><screen>zfs send -R -[iI] @snapA pool/fs@snapD</screen><para>For an extended example, see <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" targetptr="gfwqb" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Sending and Receiving Complex ZFS Snapshot Streams</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" targetptr="gbchx" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Saving and Restoring ZFS Data</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS Quotas and Reservations for File
System Data Only</emphasis> &ndash;  In addition to the existing ZFS quota
and reservation features, this release includes dataset quotas and reservations
that do not include descendents, such as snapshots and clones, in the space
consumption accounting.</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The <property>refquota</property> property limits the amount
of space a dataset can consume. This property enforces a hard limit on the
amount of space that can be used. This hard limit does not include space used
by descendents, such as snapshots and clones.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The <literal>refreservation</literal> property sets the minimum
amount of space that is guaranteed to a dataset, not including its descendents.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For example, you can set a 10 Gbyte <property>refquota</property> for <literal>studentA</literal> that sets a 10-Gbyte hard limit of <emphasis>referenced</emphasis> space.
For additional flexibility, you can set a 20-Gbyte quota that allows you to
manage <literal>studentA</literal>'s snapshots.</para><screen># zfs set refquota=10g tank/studentA
# zfs set quota=20g tank/studentA</screen><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" targetptr="gazvb" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">ZFS Quotas and Reservations</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS File System Properties for the
Solaris CIFS Service</emphasis> &ndash; This release provides support for
the Solaris Common Internet File System (CIFS) service.
This product provides the ability to share files between Solaris and Windows
or MacOS systems.</para><para>To facilitate sharing files between these systems
by using the Solaris CIFS service, the following new ZFS properties are provided:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Case sensitivity support (<literal>casesensitivity</literal>)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Non-blocking mandatory locks (<literal>nbmand</literal>)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>SMB share support (<literal>sharesmb</literal>)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Unicode normalization support (<literal>normalization</literal>)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>UTF-8 character set support (<literal>utf8only</literal>)</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>In addition to the ZFS properties added for supporting the Solaris CIFS
software product, the <literal>vscan</literal> property is available for scanning
ZFS files if you have a 3rd party virus scanning engine.</para><para>For more
information about using these properties, see <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" targetptr="gayns" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Managing ZFS Properties</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para><para> For
more information about the Solaris CIFS service, see the <olink targetdoc="ssmbag" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris CIFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS Storage Pool Properties</emphasis> &ndash;
 This release provides ZFS pool property information. For example:</para><screen># zpool get all users
NAME   PROPERTY     VALUE       SOURCE
users  size         16.8G       -
users  used         217M        -
users  available    16.5G       -
users  capacity     1%          -
users  altroot      -           default
users  health       ONLINE      -
users  guid         11063207170669925585  -
users  version      8           default
users  bootfs       -           default
users  delegation   on          default
users  autoreplace  off         default
users  temporary    on          local</screen><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The <literal>cachefile</literal> property &ndash; This release
provides the <literal>cachefile</literal> property, which controls where pool
configuration information is cached. All  pools in the cache are automatically
imported when the system boots. However, installation and clustering environments
might need to cache this information in a different location so that pools
are not automatically imported.</para><para>You can set this property to cache
pool configuration in a different location that can be imported later by using
the <command>zpool import</command> <command>c</command> command. For most
ZFS configurations, this property would not be used.</para><para>The <literal>cachefile</literal> property is not persistent and is not stored on disk. This property
replaces the <literal>temporary</literal> property that was used to indicate
that pool information should not be cached in previous Solaris releases.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The <literal>failmode</literal> property &ndash; This release
provides the <literal>failmode</literal> property for determining the behavior
of a catastrophic pool failure due to a loss of device connectivity or the
failure of all devices in the pool. The <literal>failmode</literal> property
can be set to these values: <literal>wait</literal>, <literal>continue</literal>,
or <literal>panic</literal>. The default value is <literal>wait</literal>,
which means you must reconnect the device or replace a failed device and clear
the error with the <command>zpool clear</command> command.</para><para>The <literal>failmode</literal> property is set like other settable ZFS properties, which
can be set either before or after the pool is created. For example:</para><screen># zpool set failmode=continue tank
# zpool get failmode tank
NAME  PROPERTY  VALUE     SOURCE
tank  failmode  continue  local</screen><screen># zpool create -o failmode=continue</screen><para>For a description of all ZFS pool properties, see <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" targetptr="gfifk" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Managing ZFS Storage Pool Properties</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS and File System Mirror Mounts</emphasis> &ndash;
 In this Solaris release, NFSv4 mount enhancements are provided to make ZFS
file systems more accessible to NFS clients.</para><para>When file systems
are created on the NFS server, the NFS client can automatically discover these
newly created file systems within their existing mount of a parent file system.</para><para>For example, if the server <literal>neo</literal> already shares the <literal>tank</literal> file system and client <literal>zee</literal> has it mounted, <filename>/tank/baz</filename> is automatically visible on the client after it is created
on the server.</para><screen>zee# mount neo:/tank /mnt
zee# ls /mnt
baa    bar

neo# zfs create tank/baz

zee% ls /mnt
baa    bar    baz
zee% ls /mnt/baz
file1    file2 </screen>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>See the following What's New sections for related ZFS feature information:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetptr="gfvmx" remap="internal">Solaris ZFS File System Features</olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetptr="geyzw" remap="internal">Solaris ZFS File System Enhancements</olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetptr="gddxx" remap="internal">The ZFS File System</olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetptr="gedbt" remap="internal">ZFS Command History (zpool history)</olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetptr="gdjpt" remap="internal">File System Monitoring Tool (fsstat)</olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetptr="gdpqm" remap="internal">Improved Device in Use Error Checking</olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdrs" arch="x86"><title>Support for Suspend-to-RAM &ldquo;Sleep&rdquo;
Feature</title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS includes support for the
Suspend to RAM (S3) &ldquo;Sleep&rdquo; feature. This feature is supported
on Solaris x86 based platforms that include compliant drivers, for example
the <trademark>Sun Ultra</trademark> 20 M2 Workstation. For a driver to be
considered compliant, the driver must support a specific feature set.</para><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="driver" targetptr="powermgt-37437" remap="external">Chapter 12, <citetitle remap="chapter">Power Management,</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">Writing Device Drivers</citetitle></olink>.</para><note><para>As platforms become compliant, they will be added to the list
of supported workstations.</para>
</note>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdps" arch="x86"><title>Virtualization Using the Sun xVM Hypervisor</title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>The goal of virtualization is to move from managing individual datacenter
components to managing pools of resources. By consolidating multiple hosts
and services on a single machine, virtualization reduces costs through the
sharing of hardware, infrastructure, and administration.</para><para>The Sun xVM Hypervisor is based on the work of
the Xen open source community. In a running system, the Hypervisor fits between
the hardware and the operating system instance. The Hypervisor can securely
execute multiple virtual machines simultaneously on a single x86-compatible
computer, with each virtual machine running its own operating system.</para><para>Each virtual machine instance is called a domain. There are two kinds
of domains. There is one control domain, also called domain 0, or dom0. A
guest operating system is called a guest domain, also referred to as domain
U or domU. You can have multiple guest domains on your system.</para><para>Within Hypervisor based solutions, there are two basic types of virtualization,
full virtualization and paravirtualization. The Hypervisor supports both modes.
A system can have both paravirtualized and fully virtualized domains running
simultaneously.</para><para>The xVM Hypervisor virtualizes the system's hardware. This means that
it transparently shares and partitions the system's resources, such as CPUs,
memory, and NICs, among the guest domains.</para><para>The Hypervisor runs on x64 and x86 based systems. Supported configurations
include Solaris dom0, and Solaris domU, Linux domU, FreeBSD domU, and Windows
domU guests. Solaris zones and branded zones can be run within a Solaris domU.</para><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><citetitle pubwork="book">System Administration Guide: Virtualization
Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://opensolaris.org/os/community/xen" type="url"></ulink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Man pages:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><literal>xVM</literal>(5)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="virsh-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>virsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="virt-install-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>virt-install</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="xenconsoled-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>xenconsoled</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="xend-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>xend</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="xenstored-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>xenstored</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="xentop-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>xentop</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>xm</literal>(1M)</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdpo" arch="x86"><title>Enhanced Speedstep CPU Power Management</title><para>This device management enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Stating with this release, Intel's Enhanced <trademark>Speedstep</trademark> technology
is supported on Solaris. Enhanced Speedstep support enables Solaris users
to manage the power consumption of their Intel processors by lowering the
 processor frequency during idle periods.</para><para>For more information on how to enable Solaris CPU power management,
see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="power.conf-4" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>power.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdoo"><title>Faulty Device Retirement Feature</title><para>This device management enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS includes a new device retirement
mechanism to isolate a device as <emphasis>faulty</emphasis> by the fault
management framework (FMA). This feature allows faulty devices to be safely
and automatically inactivated to avoid data loss, data corruption, or panics
and system down time. The retirement process is done safely, taking into account
the stability of the system after the device has been retired.</para><para>Critical devices are never retired. If you need to manually replace
a retired device, use the <command>fmadm repair</command> command after the
device replacement so that system knows that the device is replaced, in addition
to the manual replacement steps.</para><para>The <command>fmadm</command> repair process is as follows:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Identify the faulted device with the <command>fmadm faulty</command> <option>a</option> command.</para><screen># fmadm faulty

   STATE RESOURCE / UUID

-------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

faulty   &lt;<replaceable>fmri</replaceable>></screen>
</listitem><listitem><para>Clear the fault by using the <command>fmadm repair</command> command.</para><screen># fmadm repair &lt;<replaceable>fmri</replaceable>></screen>
</listitem><listitem><para>Run the <command>fmadm faulty</command> command again to be
sure the fault is cleared.</para><screen># fmadm faulty -a
   STATE RESOURCE / UUID</screen>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="fmadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fmadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>.</para><para>A general message regarding device retirement is displayed on the console
and written to the <filename>/var/adm/messages</filename> file so that you
aware of a retired device. For example:</para><screen>Aug 9 18:14 starbug genunix: [ID 751201 kern.notice] 
NOTICE: One or more I/O devices have been retired</screen><para>You can use the <command>prtconf</command> command to identify specific
retired devices. For example:</para><screen># prtconf
.
.
.
pci, instance #2
        scsi, instance #0
            disk (driver not attached)
            tape (driver not attached)
            sd, instance #3
            sd, instance #0 (retired)
        scsi, instance #1 (retired)
            disk (retired)
            tape (retired)
    pci, instance #3
        network, instance #2 (driver not attached)
        network, instance #3 (driver not attached)
    os-io (driver not attached)
    iscsi, instance #0
    pseudo, instance #0
.
.
.</screen>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdmp"><title>Sun StorageTek Traffic Manager</title><para>This device management enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the mechanisms described in <literal>scsi_vhci</literal>(7D)
to override the autoconfiguration behavior have changed. Existing customization
will be converted to the new mechanism on upgrade.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="scsi-vhci-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>scsi_vhci</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page and <citetitle pubwork="book">Solaris SAN Configuration and Multipathing Guide</citetitle>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdqx"><title>Improved IPsec NAT-Traversal</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, IPsec Key Management applications can now
enable or disable NAT-Traversal through a UDP socket option, and enable the
correct PF_KEY extensions on their IPsec Security Associations.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdrc"><title>Inetd Backlog Queue Size</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, a tunable to set the backlog queue size
of the <literal>inetd</literal> managed services is introduced. This feature
adds an SMF property to <literal>inetd</literal> called <literal>connection_backlog</literal> using which the queue size can be modified. The default value of
the <literal>connection_backlog</literal> queue size is 10. You can modify
the <literal>connection_backlog</literal> property by using the <literal>inetadm</literal> command.
For example:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>To list the properties:</para><screen>#inetadm -l &lt;fmri/pattern></screen>
</listitem><listitem><para>To change the value for a specific service:</para><screen>#inetadm -m &lt;fmri/pattern> conection_backlog=&lt;new value></screen>
</listitem><listitem><para>To change the value globally:</para><screen>#inetadm -M connection_backlog=&lt;newvalue></screen>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="inetadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdqj"><title>Xvnc Server and Vncviewer Client</title><para>This X11 windowing enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>VNC provides a remote desktop session over the Remote Frame Buffer (RFB)
protocol. RFB clients, better known as VNC viewers, are available for most
platforms, in both open source and commercial releases.</para><para>The Developer 1/08 release now includes Xvnc, an X server based on the
open source releases from the RealVNC project and X.Org Foundation, that displays
to a RFB protocol client over the network, without requiring an existing X
server session displayed on local video hardware. This release also includes
the RealVNC vncviewer RFB client to connect to remote VNC servers, and several
associated programs for managing these.</para><para>For more information, see <citetitle pubwork="book">System Administration
Guide: Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle>. See
also, the <literal>Xvnc</literal>(1) and <literal>vncviewer</literal>(1) man
pages.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggejg" arch="sparc" wordsize="bits64"><title>Memory Placement Optimization
Support For sun4v Platforms</title><para>This system performance enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Memory Placement Optimization (MPO) enables operating systems to allocate
memory local to the core where the threads or processes are executing The
sun4v architecture runs on virtualized hardware environment. The MPO for sun4v
platforms feature provides the required standard accessors in the sun4v layer
to provide locality information for the generic MPO framework. This feature
is effective on the platforms where multiple sockets with memory access latency
differences exist. The MPO feature enhances the performance of various applications
by enabling the OS to allocate memory local to the nodes.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdra"><title>Solaris CIFS Service</title><para>This file system enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>The Solaris CIFS service provides a native, well-integrated CIFS service
to support Windows, MacOS, and other CIFS clients. This service offers ubiquitous
access to files that are shared between CIFS and NFS clients. The Solaris
CIFS server can act as a member server within an Active Directory domain.
The Solaris CIFS service provides file system access to Windows and Mac OS
clients through CIFS shares with support for both local and Active Directory
domain authentication.</para><para>Similar to NFS, CIFS provides network file system services. CIFS also
provides services, such as network transport for sub-protocols like named
pipes, MS-RPC services, and interfaces to core Windows functionality.</para><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="ssmbag" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris CIFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="smbadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>, <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="smbd-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>, <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="smbstat-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>, and <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="smbautohome-4" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbautohome</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>, <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="smbd-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>, and <literal>pam_smb_passwd</literal>(5)
man pages.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdsr"><title>Solaris Trusted Extensions Supports Mounting Labeled
Filesystems With the NFSv3 Protocol</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris Trusted Extensions software
can mount labeled file systems by using NFS Version 3 (NFSv3) in addition
to NFS Version 4 (NFSv4). Solaris Trusted Extensions has no restrictions in
using TCP as an underlying transport protocol for NFS. However, users cannot
choose UDP as the underlying protocol for read-down NFS access for NFSv3.
The use of UDP for the initial mount operation is supported, but UDP is not
supported for subsequent multilevel NFSv3 operations.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdrt"><title>VSCAN Service</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>The Solaris OS now supports integrated virus scanning of ZFS-resident
files by using the ICAP protocol to send candidate files to external third-party,
off-the-shelf virus scanning products.</para><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadv6" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Security Services</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="vscanadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>vscanadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="vscand-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>vscand</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdni" arch="sparc"><title>Hardware Accelerated Elliptical Curve
Cryptography (ECC) Support</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>The UltraSPARC-T2 based platforms support hardware acceleration of Elliptical
Curve Cryptography (ECC) algorithms. The Solaris OS now supports high performance
ECDSA and ECDH on these platforms. These new ECC algorithms are accessible
to all users of the Solaris Cryptographic Framework including JAVA and OpenSSL
users.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfomn"><title>Unicode-Encoding Conversion Kernel Functions</title><para>This kernel functions enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, a set of Unicode-encoding conversion kernel
and user land functions is available for the UTF-8, UTF-16, and UTF-32 Unicode
encodings. Big-endian and little-endian variations of the encodings and Byte
Order Mark processing are also supported.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="uconv-u16tou32-9f" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>uconv_u16tou32</refentrytitle><manvolnum>9F</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="uconv-u16tou32-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>uconv_u16tou32</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfooq"><title>Unicode UTF-8 Text Preparation Kernel Functions</title><para>This kernel functions enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>This feature introduces a new set of kernel and user land functions
that can be used to perform Unicode Normalizations and Unicode simple-case
conversions on UTF-8 text. There are also functions for UTF-8 string comparison
and validation with various options.</para><para>For more information, see the following man pages:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="u8-strcmp-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>u8_strcmp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="u8-strcmp-9f" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>u8_strcmp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>9F</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="u8-textprep-str-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>u8_textprep_str</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="u8-textprep-str-9f" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>u8_textprep_str</refentrytitle><manvolnum>9F</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="u8-validate-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>u8_validate</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="u8-validate-9f" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>u8_validate</refentrytitle><manvolnum>9F</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdsf"><title>Squid Cache</title><para>This Web Stack enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Squid is a fully-featured HTTP/1.0 proxy. Squid offers a rich access
control, authorization and logging environment to develop web proxy and content
serving applications.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://www.squid-cache.org/Versions/v2/2.6/cfgman/" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdsi" wordsize="bits32"><title>PHP 5</title><para>This Web Stack enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS includes PHP 5. PHP Hypertext
Preprocessor is a popular scripting language for web application development.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://www.php.net/" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdqg"><title>Ruby 1.8.6 and Rubygems 0.9.4</title><para>This Web Stack enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Ruby programming language, certain extensions,
the Rails application framework, and the Rubygems package management system
are supported.</para><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> <ulink url="http://www.ruby-lang.org" type="url"></ulink> for
information on the Ruby programming language.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.rubygems.org" type="url"></ulink> for
information on Rubygems.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdpv"><title>Apache 2.2 HTTP Server</title><para>This Web Stack enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS includes the Apache 2.2.6
HTTP server. The Apache server supports multiple MPMs, PHP, prefork, and worker.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdry"><title>MySQL 5.0.45</title><para>This Web Stack enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS includes the MySQL 5.0.45
Relational Database Management Syatems.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdqz"><title>Perl Database Interface and PostgreSQL Driver for
Perl</title><para>This additional software enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Perl Database Interface (DBI) is a generic database interface to talk
to specific DB back-end. DBD::Pg is a PostgreSQL driver that will enable Perl
applications to interact with PostgreSQL back-end through DBI.</para><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url="http://dbi.perl.org" type="url"></ulink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/~dbdpg/DBD-Pg-1.49/Pg.pm" type="url"></ulink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdmw" arch="x86"><title>GLDv3 Version <literal>bnx</literal> II
Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>The Broadcom NetXtreme (<literal>bnx</literal>) II Ethernet  driver
is converted to GLDv3. This conversion includes some features in GLDv3 that
are useful for systems based on <literal>bnx</literal>(7d) such as full support
for VLANs and 802.3 link aggregation. This is also useful for additional stack
features such as IP instances.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="bnx-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>bnx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdqu"><title>ADMtek Fast Ethernet Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <literal>afe</literal>(7D) driver is
introduced. The <literal>afe</literal>(7D) supports network interfaces based
on ADMtek Centaur and Comet chips.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdqt"><title>Macronix Fast Ethernet Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <literal>mxfe</literal>(7D) driver is
introduced. The <literal>mxfe</literal>(7D) supports 10/100 ethernet devices
based on the Macronix 98715 controller.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdrh" arch="x86"><title>4965 WiFi Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>The new 4965 WiFi driver supports the Intel Centrino 4965 WiFi chip.
The new driver is useful to laptop users with the 4965 chip in them.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdrq" arch="x86"><title><literal>dmfe</literal>(7D)</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <literal>dmfe</literal>(7D) driver for
Davicom 10/100 Fast Ethernet devices has been updated to support x86 platforms.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdpu" arch="x86"><title>AMD&ndash;8111</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>The AMD-8111 HyperTransport I/O hub includes a 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
LAN Controller and the driver is used by the Andretti platform.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdsk" arch="x86"><title>nv_sata SATA HBA Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>nv_sata is a SATA HBA driver capable of hot-plug functions, for NVIDIA
ck804/mcp55 and compatible SATA controllers.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="nv-sata-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>nv_sata</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggekd" arch="x86"><title>SATA ATAPI Support in AHCI Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>The AHCI driver supports SATA ATAPI CD/DVD devices. Users can use the
SATA CD/DVD in AHCI mode instead of the compatible mode. The AHCI mode has
better error handling and hot-plug capabilities.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="ahci-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ahci</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdqf"><title>SATA NCQ Support in AHCI Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>The AHCI driver supports the SATA NCQ feature. NCQ support improves
performance of the driver.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="ahci-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ahci</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdoc" arch="sparc"><title><literal>rtls</literal>(7D)</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <literal>rtls</literal>(7D) Ethernet
is updated to support SPARC platforms. For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="rtls-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdrk" wordsize="bits32"><title>pgAdmin III</title><para>This freeware enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>pgAdmin III is a popular and feature rich Open Source administration
and development platform for PostgreSQL. The graphical interface supports
all PostgreSQL features and makes administration easy. This tool enables users
to write simple SQL queries and also develop complex databases.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://www.pgadmin.org/" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdqk"><title>GNU Libtool 1.5.22</title><para>This freeware enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>GNU Libtool is a script that enables package developers to provide generic
shared library support. Libtool is used by developers who are working on software
that has already adopted it. It is usually used in conjunction with the other
GNU auto tools, Automake and Autoconf.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdsc"><title>VIM 7.1</title><para>This freeware enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Vi IMproved (VIM) is a popular clone of Visual Editor (vi). VIM is more
full-featured than the SystemV vi editor in <filename>/usr/bin/vi</filename>.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://www.vim.org/" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdrf"><title>p7zip</title><para>This freeware enhancement is new in the Developer 1/08 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS includes p7zip port. p7zip
is similar to the Windows compression and archiving utility, 7zip.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://p7zip.sourceforge.net/" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gfoov"><title>New Features in Solaris Express Developer Edition
9/07</title><sect2 id="ggdoa"><title>Flash Player 9</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Stating with this release, the Solaris OS includes the Adobe Flash Player
9. For more information on this Flash Player, see <ulink url="http://www.adobe.com/products/flashplayer/productinfo/features/" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfony" arch="x86"><title>Streamlined Installer</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>The Developer 9/07 release provides a streamlined installation experience
for x86 laptop users. A new graphical user interface guides you through a
user-friendly installation of the latest Solaris Express Developer Edition
release, including the most current developer tools.</para><para>For more information about this feature and step-by-step procedures,
see the <olink targetdoc="soldevelinstall" remap="external"><citetitle remap="article">Solaris Express Developer Edition Installation Guide: Laptop Installations</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfonq"><title>Desktop Notification</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, desktop notification is supported on Solaris.
With the desktop notification support, users are notified when specific asynchronous
events occur, for example, when a removable disk is plugged into the system.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://www.galago-project.org/news/index.php" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfopd"><title>GNOME Devhelp</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Devhelp is a useful applet for developers to browse and search GNOME
API references. The applet works natively with gtk-doc and is used to browse
product documentation.</para><para>For more information, see the <literal>devhelp</literal> man pages.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfoox"><title>GNOME 2.18</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>The GNOME 2.18 enhancement has the following features:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Improved internationalization &ndash; Pango now supports vertical
text layouts in Chinese and Japanese.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Ring chart view &ndash; The GNOME Disk Usage Analyzer has
a new ring chart view.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Evince &ndash; This feature now supports thumbnails for <trademark>PostScript</trademark> documents.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Glade 3 support &ndash; Glade 2 is upgraded to Glade 3 for
faster performance.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Eye of GNOME &ndash; If you rotate your photos in the camera,
they stay rotated when viewed with the Eye of GNOME image viewer.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Additional spell check support &ndash; Aspell is replaced
by Enchant. Enchant shares dictionaries with Thunderbird and Firefox that
enable Evolution and Gedit to support spell check for more languages.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Tracking recently opened files &ndash; GNOME now locates recently
opened files so that you do not lose track of your work.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Deskbar applet search for new distractions &ndash; The deskbar
applet provides an omnipresent, versatile search interface. Searches are handled
by a series of plug-ins or handlers. Users can type keywords into the deskbar
applet text box and the deskbar generates a list of search results. The search
results include local files, applications, and web content similar to the
Yahoo handler or the Mozilla handler. The search result depends on the handlers
that are enabled by users.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Additional plug-in support &ndash; New rhythmbox plug-ins <literal>artdisplay</literal> or coverart, <literal>mmkeys</literal>, and <literal>visualizer</literal> are now available. The <literal>artdisplay</literal> rhythmbox
plug-in is used to gather and display album covers from the Internet. The <literal>mmkeys</literal> plug-in controls rhythmbox by using shortcut keys. The <literal>visualizer</literal> plug-in provides an enhanced user experience.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Online games &ndash; Chess with a 3&ndash;D look and Sudoku
are available.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfoux"><title>Automatic Detection and Configuration of Local USB
Printers</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>The Developer 9/07 release includes desktop support for the Automatic
Printing Configuration in the OpenSolaris Presto Project.  The desktop support
includes a GNOME applet, and configuration and preferences applet, capplet.
The applet enables notification and processing of specific printer events
such as hot-plug or error events on the GNOME panel. The capplet enables controlling
the applet behavior. In this release, the desktop support is in combination
with the HAL USB printer support which enables automatically detecting and
configuring local USB printer support.</para><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="group-sa" targetptr="gfkcv" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Support for Automatic Printer Discovery and Configuration in the GNOME Desktop Environment</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Solaris Printing</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggekf"><title>Pidgin 2.0</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Pigdin is a popular open source instant messaging client. Pigdin 2.0
includes the following features:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Many improvements to the UI modules including status system,
Buddy List, Conversation, and the chat window.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>New Yahoo Features including Stealth Settings, Doodle, and
the <command>/list</command> command.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Overall improvements to AIM and ICQ file transfers.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Improvements to the Log Viewer module.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Support for the new version of ICQ file transfer.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>New IRC features including SSL support, and the new commands, <command>/whowas</command>, /<command>nickserv</command>, <command>/memoserv</command>, <command>/chanserv</command>, and <command>/operserv</command>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Jabber features including support for SRV lookups, buddy icons,
and Jabber User Directory searching.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdnu"><title>GNU Automake</title><para>This developer tools enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, GNU Automake 1.9.6 and GNU Automake 1.10
have been integrated into the Solaris OS. GNU Automake is a tool which is
used for generating makefiles and is commonly used by developers working on
open-source projects.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://sourceware.org/automake/" type="url"></ulink></para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfvmx"><title>Solaris ZFS File System Features</title><para>This section describes new ZFS features in the Solaris Express Developer
Edition 9/07 release.</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS command history enhancements (zpool
history)</emphasis> &ndash; The <command>zpool history</command> command has
been enhanced with new options that provide ZFS file system event logging
and a long format that includes the user  name, the hostname, and the zone
in which the operation was performed.</para><para>For example, the <command>zpool
history</command> <option>i</option> option provides <command>zpool</command> command
events and <command>zfs</command> command events.</para><screen># zpool history -i users
History for 'users':
2007-04-26.12:44:02 zpool create users mirror c0t8d0 c0t9d0 c0t10d0
2007-04-26.12:46:13 zfs create users/home
2007-04-26.12:46:18 zfs create users/home/markm
2007-04-26.12:46:23 zfs create users/home/marks
2007-04-26.12:46:30 zfs create users/home/neil
2007-04-26.12:47:15 zfs snapshot -r users/home@yesterday
2007-04-26.12:54:50 zfs snapshot -r users/home@today
2007-04-26.13:29:13 zfs create users/snapshots</screen><para>The <command>zpool history</command> <option>l</option> option provides
a long format. For example:</para><screen># zpool history -l tank
History for 'tank':
2007-07-19.10:55:13 zpool create tank mirror c0t1d0 c0t11d0
[user root on neo:global]
2007-07-19.10:55:19 zfs create tank/cindys
[user root on neo:global]
2007-07-19.10:55:49 zfs allow cindys create,destroy,mount,snapshot tank/cindys
[user root on neo:global]
2007-07-19.10:56:24 zfs create tank/cindys/data
[user cindys on neo:global]</screen><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zpool-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Upgrading ZFS File Systems (zfs upgrade)</emphasis> &ndash;
Starting with this release, the <command>zfs upgrade</command> command is
included to provide future file system enhancements to existing ZFS file systems.
ZFS storage pools have a similar upgrade feature to provide pool enhancements
to existing storage pools.</para><para>For example:</para><screen># zfs upgrade
This system is currently running ZFS filesystem version 2.

The following filesystems are out of date, and can be upgraded.  After being
upgraded, these filesystems (and any 'zfs send' streams generated from
subsequent snapshots) will no longer be accessible by older software versions.

VER  FILESYSTEM
---  ------------
  1   datab
  1   datab/users
  1   datab/users/area51</screen><para>However, no new ZFS file system upgrade features are provided in this
release.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS delegated administration</emphasis> &ndash;
Starting with this release, you can delegate fine-grained permissions to perform
ZFS administration tasks to non-privileged users. You can use the <command>zfs
allow</command> and <command>zfs unallow</command> commands to grant and remove
permissions.</para><para>The following example shows how to set permissions
so that  user <literal>cindys</literal> can create, destroy, mount and take
snapshots on <filename>tank/cindys</filename>.  The permissions on <filename>tank/cindys</filename> are also displayed.</para><screen># zfs allow cindys create,destroy,mount,snapshot tank/cindys
# zfs allow tank/cindys
       -------------------------------------------------------------
         Local+Descendent permissions on (tank/cindys)
                 user cindys create,destroy,mount,snapshot
       -------------------------------------------------------------</screen><para>Because the <filename>tank/cindys</filename> mount point permission
is set to 755 by default, user <literal>cindys</literal> will be unable to
mount file systems  under <filename>tank/cindys</filename>. Set an ACL similar
to the following syntax to provide mount point access.</para><screen># chmod A+user:cindys:add_subdirectory:allow /tank/cindys</screen><para>You can modify the ability to use ZFS delegated administration with
the pool's <literal>delegation</literal> property. For example:</para><screen># zpool get delegation users
NAME  PROPERTY    VALUE       SOURCE
users  delegation  on          default
# zpool set delegation=off users
# zpool get delegation users
NAME  PROPERTY    VALUE       SOURCE
users  delegation  off         local</screen><para>By default, the <literal>delegation</literal> property is enabled.</para><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" targetptr="gbchv" remap="external">Chapter 8, <citetitle remap="chapter">ZFS Delegated Administration,</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Setting up separate ZFS logging devices</emphasis> &ndash;
The ZFS intent log (ZIL) is provided to satisfy POSIX requirements for synchronous
transactions. For example, databases often require their transactions to be
on stable storage devices when returning  from a system call. NFS and other
applications can also use fsync() to ensure data stability. By default,  the
ZIL is allocated  from blocks within the main storage pool. However, better
performance might be possible by using separate intent log devices in your
ZFS storage pool, such as with NVRAM or a dedicated disk.</para><para>Log
devices for the ZFS intent log are not related to database log files.</para><para>You can set up separate ZFS logging devices in the following ways:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>When the ZFS storage pool is created or after the pool is
created.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>You can attach a log device to an existing log device to create
a mirrored log device. This operation is identical to attaching a device in
a unmirrored storage pool.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For examples on setting up log devices, see <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" targetptr="gffyt" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Creating a ZFS Storage Pool with Log Devices</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink> and<olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" targetptr="gazgw" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Adding Devices to a Storage Pool</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para><para>For information about whether using
separate ZFS logging devices is appropriate for your environment, see <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" targetptr="gfgaa" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Setting Up Separate ZFS Logging Devices</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Creating intermediate ZFS datasets</emphasis> &ndash;
You can use the <option>p</option> option with the <command>zfs create</command>, <command>zfs clone</command>, and <command>zfs rename</command> commands to quickly
create a non-existent intermediate dataset, if it doesn't already exist.</para><para>For example, create ZFS datasets (<literal>users/area51</literal>) in
the <literal>datab</literal> storage pool.</para><screen># zfs list
NAME                        USED  AVAIL  REFER  MOUNTPOINT
datab                       106K  16.5G    18K  /datab
# zfs create -p -o compression=on datab/users/area51</screen><para>If the intermediate dataset exists during the create operation, the
operation completes successfully.</para><para>Properties specified apply to
the target dataset, not to the intermediate datasets. For example:</para><screen># zfs get mountpoint,compression datab/users/area51
NAME                PROPERTY     VALUE                SOURCE
datab/users/area51  mountpoint   /datab/users/area51  default
datab/users/area51  compression  on                   local</screen><para>The intermediate dataset is created with the default mount point. Any
additional properties are disabled for the intermediate dataset. For example:</para><screen># zfs get mountpoint,compression datab/users
NAME         PROPERTY     VALUE         SOURCE
datab/users  mountpoint   /datab/users  default
datab/users  compression  off           default</screen><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zfs-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS hotplugging enhancements</emphasis> &ndash;
Starting with this release, ZFS more effectively responds to devices that
are removed. ZFS also provides a mechanism to automatically identify devices
that are inserted with the following enhancements:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>You can replace an existing device with an equivalent device
without having to use the <command>zpool replace</command> command.</para><para>The <literal>autoreplace</literal> property controls automatic device replacement. If the
property is set to off, device replacement must be initiated by the administrator
by using the <command>zpool replace</command> command. If the property is
set to on, any new device which is found in the same physical location as
a device that previously belonged to the pool, is automatically formatted
and replaced. The default value for the <literal>autoreplace</literal> property
is off.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The storage pool state <literal>REMOVED</literal> is provided
when a device or hot spare has been removed if the device was physically removed
while the system was running. A hot-spare device is substituted for the removed
device, if available.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>If a device is removed and then inserted, the device is placed
online. If a hot-spare was activated when the device is re-inserted, the spare
is removed when the online operation completes.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Automatic detection when devices are removed or inserted is
hardware-dependent and might not be supported on all platforms.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Hot spares are checked periodically to make sure they are
online and available.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zpool-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information about these ZFS file system enhancements, see the <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfrbb"><title><literal>uid_t</literal> and <literal>gid_t</literal> Type
Changes</title><para>This developer tools enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <literal>uid_t</literal> and <literal>gid_t</literal> types have been changed from <literal>long</literal> (32-bit binaries)
and <literal>int</literal> (64-bit binaries) types to the <literal>uint32_t</literal> type.
This type is used for both 32-bit and 64-bit binaries. This change promotes
compatibility with other operating systems.</para><para>As part of changing the type of <literal>uid_t</literal> and <literal>gid_t</literal>, the Solaris implementation also reserves the <literal>uid_t</literal> and <literal>gid_t</literal> values that range from 231 to 232 - 2. The value 232 - 1 continues
to be reserved for use as a sentinel value. Values that are assigned in this
new range are temporary assignments made by the new identity mapping service.
Note that, these values do not persist over a system reboot. Therefore, applications
should not write UID or GID values to persistent files in the file system.
Nor should applications send these values across a network connection as a
means of referring to a persistent identity. For persistence, use the corresponding
identity name. Solaris utilities, such as the <command>tar</command> command,
and the NFSv4 network protocol, already follow these best practices.</para><para>Because the new and old <literal>uid_t</literal> and <literal>gid_t</literal> types
occupy the same amount of space, existing binaries are not affected. For example,
binaries that are compiled with older definitions. In these instances, there
is no need to recompile the code. Binaries, object files, as well as shared
libraries including libraries that are linked against Solaris shared libraries,
are also not affected.</para><para>The impact of these changes are as following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">For Newly-compiled C binaries</emphasis> &ndash;
When code is recompiled, standard development practices should catch any problems
that are caused by changes in the <literal>uid_t</literal> and <literal>gid_t</literal> type.
In cases where the change of sign might have implications for the semantics
of the code, the C compiler and, or, the lint process produce certain warnings.
Developers should note that any warnings generated as a result of this change
should be inspected.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">For C++ code</emphasis> &ndash; As
part of the function's symbol name, C++ compilers employ a technique that
is called &ldquo;name mangling&rdquo;. This technique encodes the primitive
type names that are used in function call signatures. The change in the <literal>uid_t</literal> and <literal>gid_t</literal> type results in different name
mangling for C++ functions and objects.</para><para>As with C binaries, C++
binaries and libraries continue to function as before. The exception is when
libraries contain interfaces that use <literal>uid_t</literal> and <literal>gid_t</literal>.</para><para>The Solaris OS does not expose C++ interfaces of this
nature. Therefore, no incompatibilities with Solaris libraries are expected.</para><para>For details on the consequences of this change, including warnings,
see <olink targetdoc="soldevern" targetptr="gfraf" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Changes to uid_t and gid_t Types in the Developer 9/07 Release</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Developer Edition Release Notes</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfoxs"><title>Locale Creator</title><para>This language support enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Locale Creator is a command line and Graphical User Interface tool which
enables users to create and customize Solaris locales. This tool enables users
to create installable Solaris packages containing customized locale data of
a specific locale. Once the created package has been installed, the user has
a fully working locale available on the system. For more information, see:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Run the command <command>/usr/bin/localectr <option>h</option></command></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>localectr</literal> man page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://developers.sun.com/global/products_platforms/solaris/reference/techart/locale-creator.html" type="url"></ulink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdqv" arch="x86"><title>MONITOR and MWAIT CPU Idle Loop</title><para>This kernel functions enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>The Solaris OS uses the SSE3 MONITOR and MWAIT instructions in x86 processor
idle loop. Using the SSE3 instructions in the processor idle loop eliminates
the overhead of sending and receiving an interrupt to wake up a halted processor.
MONITOR is used to specify a memory range to &ldquo;monitor&rdquo;. MWAIT
halts the processor until the address previously specified with MONITOR is
accessed. With the new idle loop a processor only has to write to memory to
wake up a halted processor.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfrav"><title>IPsec and IKE Are Managed as SMF Services</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the service management facility (SMF) manages
IPsec and IKE as a set of services:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>svc:/network/ipsec/policy:default</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>svc:/network/ipsec/ipsecalgs:default</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>svc:/network/ipsec/manual-key:default</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>svc:/network/ipsec/ike:default</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>By default, the policy and ipsecalgs services are enabled, and the manual-key
and ike services are disabled. For traffic to be protected by IPsec, configure
either manual keying or IKE, and populate the <filename>/etc/inet/ipsecinit.conf</filename> file.
This enables the appropriate key management service before refreshing the
policy service. For more information, see <olink targetdoc="sysadv3" targetptr="ipsec-ov-1" remap="external">Chapter 19, <citetitle remap="chapter">IP Security Architecture (Overview),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: IP Services</citetitle></olink>.</para><para>The Network IPsec Management profile is added for managing IPsec in
a role. Also, the <command>ipsecconf</command> and <command>ipseckey</command> commands
can check the syntax of their respective configuration files. For more information,
see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="ipsecconf-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipsecconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="ipseckey-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipseckey</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfrbj"><title>CPU Caps</title><para>This system resources enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>CPU caps provide absolute fine-grained limits on the amount of CPU resources
that can be consumed by a project or a zone. CPU caps are provided as a <literal>zonecfg</literal> resource, and as project and zone-wide resource controls.</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The <literal>zonecfg</literal> capped-cpu resource provides
an absolute limit on the amount of CPU that can be consumed by a project or
a zone.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The following resource controls are available:</para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>zone.cpu-cap</term><listitem><para>Absolute limit on the amount of CPU resources that can be
consumed by a non-global zone.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term>project.cpu-cap</term><listitem><para>Absolute limit on the amount of CPU resources that can be
consumed by a project.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="zones-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zones</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page </para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdns"><title>iSNS Support in the Solaris iSCSI Target</title><para>This device management enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>This Solaris release provides support for the Internet Storage Name
Service (iSNS) protocol in the Solaris iSCSI target software. The iSNS protocol
enables automated discovery, management, and configuration of iSCSI devices
on a TCP/IP network.</para><para>Currently, the Solaris iSCSI software does not include native iSNS server
support, but in this Solaris release, you can use the <command>iscsitadm</command> command
to add access to an existing iSNS server to automatically discover the iSCSI
devices in your network. The iSNS server can be specified by hostname or IP
address. After you add the iSNS server information, you will need to enable
access to the server.</para><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="iscsitadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsitadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="sagdfs" targetptr="fmvcd" remap="external">Chapter 14, <citetitle remap="chapter">Configuring Solaris iSCSI Targets and Initiators (Tasks),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfrce" arch="sparc"><title>Shared Contexts Support</title><para>This system performance enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>The context mechanism, which is used by the Memory Management Unit (MMU)
hardware to distinguish between the use of the same virtual address in different
process address spaces, introduces some inefficiencies when shared memory
is used. The inefficiencies are because the data at a particular shared memory
the address in different processes may really be identical, but the context
number associated with each process is different. Therefore, the MMU hardware
will not be able to recognize a match. This results in mappings being unnecessarily
evicted from the MMU translation cache, Translation Lookaside Buffer (TLB),
to be replaced by identical mappings with a different context number.</para><para>The UltraSPARC T2 (Niagara 2) system has an additional &ldquo;shared&rdquo;
context, which is a hardware feature which can be used to prevent the inefficiency
in handling shared memory. When the TLB is searched for mapping a match on
either the private or the shared context results in a TLB hit. The current
software support for shared context activates the feature for processes which
use Dynamic Intimate Shared Memory (DISM). In this case the process text segment
and DISM segments mapped at the same virtual address and with the same permissions
for each process will use the shared context.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggejq" arch="x86"><title>CPUID-based Cache Hierarchy Awareness</title><para>This system performance enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Modern Intel processors provide an interface for discovering information
about the processor's cache hierarchy through the CPUID instruction.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdpf"><title>Flash Update Tool</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07
release.</para><para><literal>fwflash</literal>(1M) is a new Solaris command for the manipulation
of firmware for PCI-X, and PCI-Express HBA and HCA cards. Currently the command
enables listing, reading, and writing the firmware for the  InfiniBand HCA
cards.</para><para>For more information about this command, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="fwflash-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fwflash</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggetk"><title>The <literal>audit_user</literal>(4) Database Is Not Access-restricted</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>The <literal>audit_user</literal>(4) database is no longer an access-restricted
database. Existing Network Information Service Plus (NIS+) name servers can
be updated with the command:</para><screen># nischmod nw+r audit_user</screen><para>Ensure the following conditions:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The SolarisAuditUser object class entries should be publicly
readable. Existing LDAP directory name servers should not modify the SolarisAuditUser
object class entries, SolarisAuditAlways and SolarisAuditNever acis, from
the default, <literal>idsconfig</literal>(1M).</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>If the <filename>/usr/lib/ldap/idsconfig</filename> file has
customized acis for the SolarisAuditAlways and SolarisAuditNever object class
entries, the customized acis should allow anonymous read access.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>Creating a new NIS name server using the installed <literal>ypmake</literal>(1M)
creates an unrestricted <literal>audit_user</literal> database.  Similarly,
creating a new NIS+ name server using <literal>nissetup</literal>(1M) also
creates an unrestricted <literal>audit_user</literal> database.</para><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="audit-user-4" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>audit_user</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfooz" arch="x86"><title>Graphics Support for i945 and i965 Cards</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, 2-D and accelerated 3-D graphics are supported
for Intel integrated i945 and i965 series graphics cards. This support includes
the kernel <literal>agpgart</literal> and Direct Rendering Manager (DRM) drivers,
user level Xorg DDX drivers and corresponding Mesa 3&ndash;D drivers.</para><para>The graphics support feature enables high resolution and accelerated
3&ndash;D rendering on the i945 and i965 graphics cards.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfonb"><title><literal>rge</literal> Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, support is provided for the RTL8110SC/RTL8169SC
chipset in the Realtek Gigabit Ethernet driver <literal>rge</literal>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfooj" arch="x86"><title><literal>bnx</literal> II Ethernet Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, support is provided for the Broadcom NetXtreme
(bnx) II Ethernet chipset, which includes BRCM5706C, BRCM5706S, BRCM5708C,
and BRCM5708S.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="bnx-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>bnx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfonv" arch="x86"><title>Ralink RT2500 802.11b/g Wireless
Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, a new wireless driver <literal>ral</literal> is
integrated into the Solaris OS. The new driver provides support for the Ralink
RT2500 802.11b/g chipset. The driver increases the coverage of WiFi support
in Solaris and enhances user experience on Solaris WiFi.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://opensolaris.org/os/community/laptop/" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfrbh" arch="x86"><title>RealTek 8180L 802.11b Wireless
Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, <literal>rtw</literal>(7D) is the driver
for RealTek 8180L 802.11b PCMCIA wireless adapter. The driver increases the
coverage of WiFi support in Solaris and enhances user-experience on Solaris
WiFi.</para><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="rtw-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rtw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://opensolaris.org/os/community/laptop/" type="url"></ulink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdrx" arch="x86"><title>3945 WiFi Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>The new 3945 WiFi driver supports the Intel Centrino 3945 WiFi chip.
The new driver is useful to laptop users with the 3945 chip in them.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggeun"><title>libchewing
0.3.0</title><para>This language support enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Chewing input method (IM) is based on libchewing which is an open source
library for Traditional Chinese input. libchewing has been upgraded to the
libchewing 0.3.0 version. Some of the features of the new version include:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Incompatibility with API/ABI.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>UTF-8 based language engine core for common Unicode environment.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>UTF-8 based language engine core for common Unicode environment.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>UTF-8 based language engine core for common Unicode environment.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Zuin fixes and symbol improvements.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Some fixed internal memory management bugs and leaks.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para> New binary-form of user hash data to speed up loading and
solving hash data corruption.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Better calculating of internal tree and phone constants.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Revised tsi.src for richer phrases and avoiding crashes.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Merge phone and phrase from CNS11643.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Improved Han-Yu PinYin to use table-lookup implementation.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Experimental frequency-evaluation which recomputes chewing
lifetime.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Implementation of the choice mechanism for symbol pairs.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Experimental memory-mapping based binary data handling to
speed up data loading.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For further information, see the <citetitle pubwork="book">International
Language Environments Guide</citetitle>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfoxc"><title>C-URL Wrappers Library</title><para>This freeware enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>C-URL is a utility library that provides programmatic access to the
most common Internet protocols such as HTTP, FTP, TFTP, SFTP, and TELNET.
C-URL is also extensively used in various applications.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://curl.haxx.se/" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfowd"><title>Libidn - Internationalized Domain Library</title><para>This freeware enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>Libidn provides implementations of the Stringprep (RFC 3454), Nameprep
(RFC 3491), Punycode (RFC 3492) and IDNA (RFC 3490) specifications. This library
provides new functionality and facilities to the Solaris OS.</para><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/software/libidn/" type="url"></ulink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3490.txt" type="url"></ulink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3492.txt" type="url"></ulink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3490.txt" type="url"></ulink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr28/tr28-3.html" type="url">l</ulink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfovw"><title>LibGD - The Graphics Draw Library</title><para>This freeware enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>LibGD is a graphics conversion and manipulation utility library. This
library is used extensively in web-based application frameworks. The command
line utilities of LibGD provide easy-to-use graphics conversion facilities.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://www.libgd.org/" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfows"><title>Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions</title><para>This freeware enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>PCREs enable programmatic access to Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions.
Prior to PCRE, Perl regular expressions were only available through Perl.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://www.pcre.org/" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfowl"><title>TIDY HTML Library</title><para>This freeware enhancement is new in the Developer 9/07 release.</para><para>TIDY is a HTML parser. It is the HTML equivalent of <literal>lint</literal>(1).
TIDY is useful in validating the accuracy of static and dynamic HTML pages.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://tidy.sourceforge.net/" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="geyxk"><title>New Features in Solaris Express Developer Edition
5/07</title><sect2 id="geyyv"><title>Quagga Software Routing Suite</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Quagga Software Routing Suite delivers a set of IETF routing protocols
for Solaris, including OSPF and BGP, allowing for high-availability deployment
of Solaris through dynamic routing, manageable through SMF 'routeadm'.</para><para>Quagga is a community fork of the GNU Zebra software previously included
in Solaris, providing many updates and some new features. For more information,
see <filename>/etc/quagga/README.Solaris</filename>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyyw"><title>DHCPv6 Client</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS supports Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6), as described in RFC 3315. DHCPv6 enables Solaris
to acquire IPv6 addresses automatically from the local DHCP servers without
manual configuration.</para><para>For more information, see the following man pages:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="dhcpagent-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhcpagent</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="in.ndpd-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>in.ndpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="ifconfig-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="ndpd.conf-4" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndpd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="dhcpinfo-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhcpinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyxs"><title><literal>nwamd</literal> Network Auto-Configuration
Daemon</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The Developer 5/07 release booting process runs the <literal>nwamd</literal> daemon.
This daemon implements an alternate instance of the SMF service, <filename>svc:/network/physical</filename>, which enables automated network configuration with minimal intervention.</para><para>The <literal>nwamd</literal> daemon monitors the Ethernet port and automatically
enables DHCP on the appropriate IP interface. If no cable is plugged into
a wired network, the <literal>nwamd</literal> daemon conducts a wireless scan
and sends queries to the user for a WiFi access point to connect to.</para><para>Laptop users do not need to spend extensive amounts of time manually
configuring the interfaces on their systems. Automatic configuration also
aids system administrators, who can reconfigure network addresses with minimal
intervention.</para><para>The OpenSolaris Network Auto-Magic Phase 0 page and <literal>nwamd</literal> man
page contain further details, including instructions for turning off the <literal>nwamd</literal> daemon, if preferred. For more information and a link to the <literal>nwamd</literal>(1M) man page, see <ulink url="http://www.opensolaris.org/os/project/nwam/phase0/" type="url">http://www.opensolaris.org/os/project/nwam/phase0/</ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyya"><title>Sendmail</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>There are some minor new options to <literal>sendmail</literal>(1M)
and some new configuration macros described in <filename>/etc/mail/cf/README</filename>.
The chief of these macros are the following three new FEATURE() macros, all
of which are helpful in blocking unwanted spam:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><literal>badmx</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>require_rdns</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>block_bad_helo</literal></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For information about <literal>sendmail</literal>, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="sendmail-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyye" arch="x86"><title>Wireless WPA Supplicant</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The Solaris WiFi driver has been enhanced to support WiFi Protected
Access (WPA) personal mode. Starting with this release, a new service, <literal>network/wpa</literal>, is introduced. The <literal>nwam</literal>(1M), <literal>dladm</literal>(1M), <literal>net80211</literal>(5), and <literal>ath</literal>(7D) drivers are enhanced
to support the WPA personal mode. Users can access the WPA wireless network
by using <command>dladm</command> or <command>nwam</command>:</para><screen>$ dladm create-secobj -c wpa mykey  /* create a wpa psk specified by your AP */</screen><screen>$ dladm connect-wifi -e essid -k mykey</screen>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyyn" arch="x86"><title><literal>nge</literal> Driver Updated
to Support Jumbo Framework</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <literal>nge</literal> driver has been
updated to enable Jumbo Frame support. The <literal>nge</literal> driver's
default MTU has been raised to 9 Kbytes, that improves system performance
and lowers CPU utilization significantly.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="nge-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>nge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggetv"><title>Sockets
Direct Protocol</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The Sockets Direct Protocol (SDP) is a transport protocol layered over
the Infiniband Transport Framework (IBTF). SDP is a standard implementation
based on Annex 4 of the Infiniband Architecture Specification Vol1. SDP provides
reliable byte-stream, flow controlled, two-way data transmission which is
very similar to TCP.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="sdp-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>sdp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzz"><title>PPD File Management Utility</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07
release.</para><para>The PostScript Printer Description (PPD) file
management utility, <filename>/usr/sbin/ppdmgr</filename>, manages PPD files
that are used with the Solaris print subsystem.</para><para>By using the <literal>ppdmgr</literal> utility, you can perform the
following tasks:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Add a PPD file to a PPD file repository on a system</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Supply a label to group PPD files within a PPD file repository</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Update the cache of the PPD file information that is used
by the Solaris  Print Manager (<literal>printmgr</literal>) GUI to display
supported printer information</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>You can add a new PPD file by using the <literal>ppdmgr</literal> utility
or by using the <command>lpadmin <option>n</option></command> command. When
you add a new PPD file, you automatically update the cache of the PPD file
information that the <literal>printmgr</literal> GUI uses to display supported
printer information.</para><note><para>The delivery location of PPD files in the Solaris OS has changed.
During a software upgrade, any print servers with print queues that were defined
by using PPD files from the previous PPD file delivery location, are automatically
updated to reflect the new PPD file delivery location.</para>
</note><para>In addition, a new SMF service, print/ppd-cache-update, has been introduced.
This service runs one time during system reboot to update the printer cache
information with changes from all the PPD file repositories on the system.
The service might take longer to transition to an online state during a system
reboot after a software installation or upgrade. Also, if any changes were
made to the PPD file repositories since the last PPD cache update, during
system reboot, the service might take longer to come online. Changes made
to the PPD file repositories on a system are not reflected in the PPD cache
used by Solaris Print Manager until the print/ppd-cache-update service is
online. The print/ppd-cache-update service is enabled by default.</para><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="ppdmgr-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppdmgr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-sa" targetptr="ppdadmin-1" remap="external">Chapter 9, <citetitle remap="chapter">Administering Printers by Using the PPD File Management Utility (Tasks),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Solaris Printing</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzh"><title><literal>raidctl</literal></title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07
release.</para><para><literal>raidctl</literal> is a utility that can perform RAID configuration
work by using multiple RAID controllers. The <literal>raidctl</literal> feature
contains more detailed information about RAID components, including controller,
volume and physical disks. The <literal>raidctl</literal> utility enables
the user to track the RAID system more closely and simplify the learning effort
on diverse RAID controllers.</para><para>For more information, see:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="raidctl-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>raidctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.lsi.com/storage_home/products_home/host_bus_adapters/index.html" type="url">http://www.lsi.com/storage_home/products_home/host_bus_adapters/index.html</ulink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzn" arch="x86"><title><literal>stmsboot</literal> Porting</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <literal>stmsboot</literal> utility
is ported to x86 systems. <literal>stmsboot</literal> is a utility that  is
used to enable or disable MPxIO for fibre-channel devices. This <literal>stmsboot</literal> utility already exists on SPARC systems.</para><para>Users can use this utility to enable or disable MPxIO automatically.
Previously, users had to enable or disable MPxIO manually, which was difficult,
especially for a SAN system boot.</para><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="stmsboot-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>stmsboot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Section about <citetitle remap="section">Enabling or Disabling
Multipathing on x86 Based Systems</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">Solaris
Fibre Channel Storage Configuration and Multipathing Support Guide</citetitle> at <ulink url="http://docs.sun.com" type="url">http://docs.sun.com</ulink>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzk"><title>MPxIO Path Steering</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07
release.</para><para>The MPxIO path steering feature includes a mechanism for issuing SCSI
commands to an MPxIO LU to be delivered down a specified path to the LU. In
order to provide this functionality, a new <literal>IOCTL</literal> command, <command>MP_SEND_SCSI_CMD</command>, is added and is referenced through the existing <literal>scsi_vhci IOCTL</literal> interface. An extension is introduced to the multipath
management library (MP-API) which provides access to this new <literal>IOCTL</literal> command.
This allows network administrators to run diagnostic commands through a specified
path.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzg" arch="x86"><title>GRUB Extended Support for Directly Loading
and Booting the <literal>unix</literal> Kernel</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, changes have been made to GRUB that enable
the boot loader to directly load and boot the <literal>unix</literal> kernel.
The GRUB <literal>multiboot</literal> module is no longer used. This implementation
integrates the previous multiboot functionality directly into the platform-specific <literal>unix</literal> kernel module. These changes reduce the time, as well as memory
requirements, that are needed to boot the Solaris OS.</para><para>Other additions and modifications to GRUB based booting include:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The addition of two new keywords, <literal>kernel$</literal> and <literal>module$</literal>.</para><para>These keywords assist in the creation of <filename>menu.lst</filename> file entries that work with both 32-bit and 64-bit systems.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The <command>bootadm</command> command has also been modified
to create GRUB <filename>menu.lst</filename> file entries that contain the
platform-specific <literal>unix</literal> module, which is now loaded directly
by GRUB.</para><para>During a software upgrade, the <command>bootadm</command> command
converts any multiboot entries in the <filename>menu.lst</filename> file to
directly refer to the <literal>unix</literal> kernel module. For more information,
see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="boot-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>boot</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="bootadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>bootadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages. </para><para>For step-by-step instructions, see <olink targetdoc="sysadv1" targetptr="grubtasks-1" remap="external">Chapter 11, <citetitle remap="chapter">Administering the GRUB Bootloader (Tasks),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Basic Administration</citetitle></olink> and <olink targetdoc="sysadv1" targetptr="hbx86boot-68676" remap="external">Chapter 12, <citetitle remap="chapter">Booting a Solaris System With GRUB (Tasks),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Basic Administration</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzs"><title>SunVTS 7.0</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07
release.</para><para><trademark>SunVTS</trademark> is a comprehensive system validation and
test suite designed to support Sun hardware platforms and peripherals. SunVTS
7.0 is the next generation of SunVTS 6.0 and its compatible versions.</para><para>SunVTS 7.0 includes the following features:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Introduction of the concept of purpose-based testing</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Improved diagnostics effectiveness</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Web-based user interface</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Simplified usage</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>New architecture framework</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Enterprise View</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>SunVTS 7.0 follows a conventional three-tier architecture model. This
model is composed of a browser-based user interface, a Java based middle server,
and a diagnostic agent.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzj"><title>DTrace Enabled Control Block <command>dcmd</command></title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <command>::dtrace_ecb dcmd</command> to
the modular debugger, <literal>mdb</literal>, enables a user to iterate over
the Enabled Control Blocks (ECBs) for a given DTrace user. This feature enables
easy access to the data structures related to a user's currently enabled probes.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezaw"><title> Brand-Specific Handlers for <literal>zoneadm</literal> Commands</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07
release.</para><para>The <literal>zoneadm</literal>(1M) command is modified to call an external
program that performs validation checks against a specific <command>zoneadm</command> operation
on a branded zone. The checks are performed before the specified <command>zoneadm</command> subcommand is executed. However, the external brand-specific handler
program for <literal>zoneadm</literal>(1M) should be specified by the brand's
configuration file, <filename>/usr/lib/brand/&lt;brand_name>/config.xml</filename>.
The external program is specified by the brand's configuration file by using
the <literal>&lt;verify_adm></literal> tag.</para><para>To introduce a new type of branded zone, and list brand-specific handlers
for the <literal>zoneadm</literal>(1M) subcommand, add the following line
to the brand's <filename>config.xml</filename> file:</para><screen>&lt;verify_adm>&lt;absolute path to external program> %z %* %*&lt;/verify_adm></screen><para>In this line, <literal>%z</literal> is the zone name, the first <literal>%*</literal>is the <command>zoneadm</command> subcommand, and the second <literal>%*</literal> is the subcommand's arguments.</para><para>This feature is useful when a given branded zone might not support all
the <command>zoneadm</command>(1M) operations possible. Brand-specific handlers
provide a way to gracefully fail unsupported <command>zoneadm</command> commands.</para><para>Ensure that the handler program that you specify recognizes all <command>zoneadm</command>(1M) subcommands.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzq" arch="x86"><title>SATA AHCI HBA Driver</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07
release.</para><para>The AHCI driver is a SATA framework-compliant HBA driver that supports
various SATA HBA controllers that are compatible with the AHCI specification
defined by Intel. Currently, the AHCI driver supports INTEL ICH6 and VIA vt8251
controllers, and hot-plugging functions.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="ahci-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ahci</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzf" arch="x86"><title>Firmware Download Capability for SATA
Drives</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07
release.</para><para>This feature provides firmware download capability for SATA drives under
the SATA framework. System administrators can use the USCSI interface to update
firmware on SATA disks.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzr" arch="x86"><title>SCSI LOG SENSE Support Under
SATA Module </title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07
release.</para><para>The SCSI LOG SENSE support feature provides the capability of obtaining
the following information:</para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>SCSI LOG SENSE PAGES 0</term><listitem><para>The available pages</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>0x10</literal></term><listitem><para>Self test results</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>0x2f</literal></term><listitem><para>Information Exception log</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>0x30</literal></term><listitem><para>SMART READ DATA</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzm" arch="x86"><title>Informational Exception Control Page</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07
release.</para><para>The SATA framework now supports the Informational Exception Control
page. The Informational Exception Control page enables and disables Informational
Exception reporting, which is necessary for device-health monitoring.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzy"><title>IP Instances: LAN and VLAN Separation for Non-Global
Zones</title><para>This system resources enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>IP networking can now be configured in two different ways, depending
on whether the zone is assigned an exclusive IP instance or shares the IP
layer configuration and state with the global zone. IP types are configured
by using the <command>zonecfg</command> command.</para><para>The shared-IP type is the default. These zones connect to the same 
VLANs or same LANs as the global zone and share the IP layer. <literal>lx</literal> branded
zones are configured as Shared-IP zones. For more information, see <olink targetptr="gdyvl" remap="internal">lx Branded Zones: Solaris Containers for Linux Applications</olink>.</para><para>Full IP-level functionality is available in an exclusive-IP zone. If
a  zone must be isolated at the IP layer on the network, then the zone  can
have an exclusive IP. The exclusive-IP zone can be used to  consolidate applications
that must communicate on different subnets  that are on different VLANs or
different LANs.</para><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="zones-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zones</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page </para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink></para><para>For configuration information, see <olink targetdoc="sysadrm" targetptr="z.config.ov-1" remap="external">Chapter 17, <citetitle remap="chapter">Non-Global Zone Configuration (Overview),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink> and <olink targetdoc="sysadrm" targetptr="z.conf.start-1" remap="external">Chapter 18, <citetitle remap="chapter">Planning and Configuring Non-Global Zones (Tasks),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink>.</para><para>For information on feature
components, see <olink targetdoc="sysadrm" targetptr="z.admin.ov-1" remap="external">Chapter 26, <citetitle remap="chapter">Solaris Zones Administration (Overview),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink> and <olink targetdoc="sysadrm" targetptr="z.admin.task-1" remap="external">Chapter 27, <citetitle remap="chapter">Administering Solaris Zones (Tasks),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzl"><title>Improved <command>zonecfg</command> Procedures for
Creating Containers</title><para>This system resources enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>More integrated resource management and zones features now make it easier
to leverage the resource-management capabilities of  the system through the <command>zonecfg</command> command. The resource configuration you specify is automatically
created for you when the zone boots. You no longer have to perform any manual
steps related to setting up resource management.</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The <command>zonecfg</command> command can be used to configure
resource management settings for the global zone.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Zone-wide resource controls can be set by using global property
names, the preferred method.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The new <literal>zone.max-swap</literal> control provides
swap capping for zones through the capped-memory resource.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Additional methods for setting the default scheduler in a
zone, including a new scheduling-class property, have been added.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Resource pools have been enhanced. You can add a temporary
pool that is created dynamically when a zone boots. The pool is configured
 through the <literal>dedicated-cpu</literal> resource.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>A <command>clear</command> subcommand is available to clear
the value for optional settings.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Enhanced physical memory capping from the global zone is available
through improvements to <literal>rcapd</literal>(1M). Limits are configured
through the capped-memory resource.</para><note><para>This capability can be used to cap physical memory for lx branded
zones and native zones. See <olink targetptr="gdyvl" remap="internal">lx Branded Zones: Solaris
Containers for Linux Applications</olink>.</para>
</note>
</listitem><listitem><para>The resident set size (RSS) accounting was improved. Improvements
have been made to <literal>rcapd</literal>, the resource capping daemon, and
to the <command>prstat</command> command.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="prstat-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>prstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="rcapd-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcapd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="resource-controls-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>resource_controls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ggdpx"><title>New <literal>projmod</literal>(1M) Option </title><para>This system resources enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Use the <command>projmod</command> command with the <option>A</option> option
to apply the resource control values found in the project database to the
active project. Existing values that do not match the values defined in the
project file, such as values set manually by <literal>prctl</literal>(1),
are removed.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzw"><title>Solaris ZFS File System Enhancements</title><para>This section describes new ZFS features in the Solaris Express Developer
Edition 5/07 release.</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Recursively renaming ZFS snapshots</emphasis> &ndash;
You can recursively rename all descendant ZFS snapshots by using the <command>zfs
rename</command> <option>r</option> command. </para><para>For example, snapshot
a set of ZFS file systems called <filename>users/home@today</filename>. Then,
rename all the snapshots in one command the next day, as <filename>users/home/@yesterday</filename>.</para><para>Snapshots are the only dataset that can be renamed
recursively. </para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">GZIP compression is available</emphasis> &ndash;
You can set <literal>gzip</literal> compression on ZFS file systems in addition
to <literal>lzjb</literal> compression. You can specify compression as <literal>gzip</literal>, the default, or <literal>gzip-</literal><replaceable>N</replaceable>,
where <replaceable>N</replaceable> equals 1 through 9. For example:</para><screen># zfs create -o compression=gzip users/home/snapshots
# zfs get compression users/home/snapshots
NAME                  PROPERTY     VALUE            SOURCE
users/home/snapshots  compression  gzip             local
# zfs create -o compression=gzip-9 users/home/oldfiles
# zfs get compression users/home/oldfiles
NAME                  PROPERTY     VALUE           SOURCE
users/home/oldfiles   compression  gzip-9          local</screen>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Storing multiple copies of ZFS user
data</emphasis> &ndash; As a reliability feature, ZFS file system metadata
is automatically stored multiple times across different disks, if possible.
This feature is known as <emphasis>ditto blocks</emphasis>.</para><para>Starting
with this release, you can specify that multiple copies of user data is also
stored per file system by using the <command>zfs set copies</command> command.
For example:</para><screen># <userinput>zfs set copies=2 users/home</userinput>
# <userinput>zfs get copies users/home</userinput>
NAME        PROPERTY  VALUE       SOURCE
users/home  copies    2           local</screen><para>Available values are 1, 2, or 3. The default value is 1. These copies
are in addition to any pool-level redundancy, such as in a mirrored or RAID-Z
configuration.</para><para>The benefits of storing multiple copies of ZFS
user data are as follows:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Improves data retention by allowing recovery from unrecoverable
block read faults, such as media faults (bit rot) for all ZFS configurations.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Provides data protection even in the case where only a single
disk is available.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Allows you to select data protection policies on a per-file
system basis, beyond the capabilities of the storage pool.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Improved storage pool status information</emphasis> (<command>zpool status</command>) &ndash; You can use the <command>zpool status</command> <option>v</option> command to display a list of files with persistent errors. Previously,
you had to use the <command>find</command> <option>inum</option> command to
identify the filenames from the list of displayed inodes.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Sharing ZFS file system enhancements</emphasis> &ndash;
The process of sharing file systems has been improved. Although modifying
system configuration files, such as <filename>/etc/dfs/dfstab</filename>,
is unnecessary for sharing ZFS file systems, you can use the <command>sharemgr</command> command
to manage ZFS share properties. The <command>sharemgr</command> command enables
you to set and manage share properties on share groups. ZFS shares are automatically
designated in the <literal>zfs</literal> share group.</para><para>As in previous
releases, you can set the ZFS <literal>sharenfs</literal> property on a ZFS
file system to share a ZFS file system. For example:</para><screen># zfs set sharenfs=on tank/home</screen><para>Or, you can use the new <command>sharemgr</command> <command>add-share</command> subcommand
to share a ZFS file system in the <literal>zfs</literal> share group. For
example:</para><screen># sharemgr add-share -s tank/data zfs
# sharemgr show -vp zfs
zfs nfs=()
     zfs/tank/data
           /tank/data
           /tank/data/1
           /tank/data/2
           /tank/data/3</screen><para>Then, you can use the <command>sharemgr</command> command to manage
ZFS shares. The following example shows how to use <literal>sharemgr</literal> to
set the <literal>nosuid</literal> property on the shared ZFS file systems.
You must preface ZFS share paths with <literal>/zfs</literal> designation.</para><screen># sharemgr set -P nfs -p nosuid=true zfs/tank/data
# sharemgr show -vp zfs
zfs nfs=()
     zfs/tank/data nfs=(nosuid="true")
           /tank/data
           /tank/data/1
           /tank/data/2
           /tank/data/3</screen>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS and Solaris iSCSI improvements</emphasis> &ndash;
You can create a ZFS volume as a Solaris iSCSI target device by setting the <literal>shareiscsi</literal> property on the ZFS volume. This method is a convenient
way to quickly set up a Solaris iSCSI target. For example:</para><screen># zfs create -V 2g tank/volumes/v2
# zfs set shareiscsi=on tank/volumes/v2
# iscsitadm list target
Target: tank/volumes/v2
     iSCSI Name: iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:984fe301-c412-ccc1-cc80-cf9a72aa062a
     Connections: 0</screen><para>After the iSCSI target is created, set up the iSCSI initiator. For information
about setting up a Solaris iSCSI initiator, see <olink targetdoc="sagdfs" targetptr="fmvcd" remap="external">Chapter 14, <citetitle remap="chapter">Configuring Solaris iSCSI Targets and Initiators (Tasks),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle></olink>.</para><para>For
more information about managing a ZFS volume as an iSCSI target, see the <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS property improvements</emphasis></para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>ZFS <literal>xattr</literal> property &ndash;  You can use
the <literal>xattr</literal> property to disable or enable extended attributes
for a specific ZFS file system. The default value is on. </para>
</listitem><listitem><para>ZFS <literal>canmount</literal> property &ndash; You use the <command>canmount</command> property to specify whether a dataset can be mounted by
using the <command>zfs mount</command> command. </para>
</listitem><listitem><para>ZFS user properties &ndash;  ZFS supports user properties,
in addition to the standard native properties that can either export internal
statistics or control ZFS file system behavior. User properties have no effect
on ZFS behavior, but you can use them to annotate datasets with information
that is meaningful in your environment.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Setting properties when creating ZFS file systems &ndash;
You can set properties when you create a file system, in addition to setting
properties after the file system is created.</para><para>The following examples
illustrate equivalent syntax:</para><screen># <userinput>zfs create tank/home</userinput>
# <userinput>zfs set mountpoint=/export/zfs tank/home</userinput>
# <userinput>zfs set sharenfs=on tank/home</userinput>
# <userinput>zfs set compression=on tank/home</userinput></screen><screen># <userinput>zfs create -o mountpoint=/export/zfs -o 
sharenfs=on -o compression=on tank/home</userinput></screen>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Display all ZFS file system information</emphasis> &ndash;
You can use various forms of the <command>zfs get</command> command to display
information about all datasets if you do not specify a dataset. In previous
releases, all dataset information was not retrievable with the <command>zfs
get</command> command. For example:</para><screen># <userinput>zfs get -s local all</userinput>
tank/home               atime          off                    local
tank/home/bonwick       atime          off                    local
tank/home/marks         quota          50G                    local</screen>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">New zfs receive -F option</emphasis> &ndash;
  You can use the new <option>F</option> option to the <command>zfs receive</command> command
to force a rollback of the file system to the most recent snapshot before
doing the receive. Using this option might be necessary when the file system
is modified between the time a rollback occurs and the receive is initiated.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Recursive ZFS snapshots</emphasis> &ndash;
Recursive snapshots are available. When you use the <command>zfs snapshot</command> command
to create a file system snapshot, you can use the <option>r</option> option
to recursively create snapshots for all descendant file systems. In addition,
using the <option>r</option> option recursively destroys all descendant snapshots
when a snapshot is destroyed.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information about these enhancements, see the <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezzq"><title>Thunderbird 2.0</title><para>Thunderbird 2.0 is a full-featured email, RSS, and newsgroup client
developed  by the Mozilla community. It provides functionality equivalent
to the Mozilla mail and newsgroups features.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezyr"><title>Firefox 2.0.0.3 Web Browser</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Firefox 2.0.0.3 focuses on user interface innovations that help users
in their common browsing tasks while interacting with search, bookmarks and
history. Firefox 2.0.0.3 has improvements to tabbed browsing, RSS handling,
managing extensions, security and performance.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezbs"><title>gDesklets</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>gDesklets provide an advanced architecture for desktop applets. The
applets placed on the desktop are meant to help the user quickly retrieve
information without hindering normal activity.</para><para>For more information, see:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.gdesklets.de" type="url">http://www.gdesklets.org</ulink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://develbook.gdesklets.de/" type="url">http://develbook.gdesklets.de</ulink> for a tutorial about how to create gDesklets</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezak"><title>Lightning</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The Lightning 0.3 feature includes the following new features:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Local calendar</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>CalDAV support</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>WCAP 3.0 support</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Event or task recurrence</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Meeting arrangement</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Event View- Day View, Week View, Month View</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Event or task list view</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Basic handling of events received in email </para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Event or task alarms</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Calendar import and export</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Localization support</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezci"><title>Battery Charge Monitor</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The battery charge monitor is an applet for the GNOME panel. If the
battery is available on a machine, the battery charge monitor displays the
status of the battery, including the remaining charge and time. If the battery
is not available, the monitor shows an AC adapter icon in the system tray. </para><para>The battery charge monitor also notifies users when the battery is fully
charged or is about to lose charge. The applet for the battery charge monitor
ensures that customers are notified before their laptops lose power. Thus,
serious loss of data can be prevented.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezag"><title>Subversion Source Code Management System</title><para>This developer tools enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Subversion source code management system
is included in Solaris. Subversion is a popular source code management system
which is used by many open-source projects. This system is also being used
in OpenSolaris development.</para><para>The Subversion feature provides Solaris users the needed tool to participate
in the development of open-source projects. For more information about Subversion,
see <ulink url="http://subversion.tigris.org/" type="url">http://subversion.tigris.org/</ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezbi"><title>GNU-diffutils</title><para>This developer tools enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The Developer 5/07 release includes GNU utilities for comparing and
merging files. For more information, see <ulink url="http://gnu.org/software/diffutils" type="url">http://gnu.org/software/diffutils</ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezan"><title>PostgreSQL 8.2</title><para>This database software enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>This feature is the latest version of the PostgreSQL Open Source relational
database system. PostgreSQL 8.2 for Solaris now includes Kerberos 5 support
and embedded DTrace probes.</para><para>For a comprehensive list of features and enhancements in this release,
see <ulink url="http://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/release-8-2.html" type="url">http://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/release-8&ndash;2.html</ulink>.
For more information about PostgreSQL , see <ulink url="http://www.postgresql.org" type="url">http://www.postgresql.org</ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezcd" arch="sparc" wordsize="bits64"><title>CPU Power Management</title><para>This device management enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>This feature introduces two new <literal>power.conf</literal> keywords
to permit CPU devices to be power managed independently of automatic power
management. These are the new <literal>power.conf</literal> keywords:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><literal>cpupm</literal></para><para>Usage:</para><screen>cpupm &lt;<emphasis>behavior</emphasis>></screen><para>Here, the behavior is <literal>enable</literal> or <literal>disable</literal>.</para><para>For backward compatibility, if the <literal>cpupm</literal> keyword
is not present in the <filename>/etc/power.conf</filename> file, the CPUs
are power managed if <literal>autopm</literal> is enabled, and not power managed
if <literal>autopm</literal> is disabled. <literal>enable</literal> or <literal>disable</literal> are independent of the <literal>autopm</literal> setting.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>cpu-threshold</literal></para><para>Usage:</para><screen>cpu-threshold &lt;<emphasis>threshold</emphasis>></screen><para>This keyword enables the user to specify a threshold which will apply
to any power-manageable CPU, independent of the system-threshold value.</para><para>If CPU power management is enabled, the power level of any CPU that
is idle for the specified threshold time is reduced to the next lower level.</para><para>If <literal>cpu-threshold</literal> is absent, system threshold is used.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="power.conf-4" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>power.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfany"><title>Enhanced <literal>st</literal> SCSI Reservations</title><para>This device management enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, there is a new reservation mechanism in
the <literal>st</literal> driver. The new mechanism enables the <literal>st</literal> driver
to reserve the tape drive only when a command that requires reservations is
sent. The reservation mechanism also enables the <literal>st</literal> driver
to process inquiry commands issued from other hosts while the drive is reserved
by a different host.</para><para>Some of Independent Software Vendor's (ISV's) backup software and media
management tools benefit from the enhanced <literal>st</literal> SCSI reservations
feature. Because of this new feature, management tools could inquire and browse
tape libraries when the backup tool is reading or writing tapes.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzp"><title><command>dtlogin</command> Language Selection
Overhaul</title><para>This X11 windowing enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>CDE currently lists the cryptic locale names in the form of a cascade
menu in the login screen. The <command>dtlogin</command> language selection
overhaul feature delivers a more user-friendly language-oriented login list.
CDE has a feature to remember the per display default login language name.
For SunRay environments, you can use an X resource to disable displays from
remembering the login language.</para><para>For more information, see the <command>dtlogin</command> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezbw"><title>Xorg X11R7.2 Server and Drivers</title><para>This X11 windowing enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The Xorg server for the X11 window system, the associated graphics,
and the input device drivers, have been upgraded to the X11R7.2 release. The
X11R7.2 release includes the Xorg server version 1.2. This release also adds
64-bit versions of the Xorg server for both x64 and SPARC platforms, though
drivers for common SPARC graphics devices are not yet available for Xorg.</para><para>This release also includes the Xephyr nested X server and the Xorg version
of Xvfb, both of which are installed in the <filename>/usr/X11/bin</filename> directory.
This version of Xorg no longer supports the Low Bandwidth X (LBX) extension.
The use of the X tunneling and compression features of <literal>ssh</literal>(1)
is suggested for sites that need X displays across extremely bandwidth-limited
network links.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezbj"><title>Japanese Font Update</title><para>This language support enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Japanese HG font has been updated to
be compliant with JISX0213:2004.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezbl"><title>More Japanese <literal>iconv</literal> Modules
for Unicode</title><para>This language support enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the following two types of codeset conversions
between the Unicode and Japanese codesets have been added:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>In conversion from or to eucJP, PCK (SJIS), and ms932, <literal>iconv</literal> now supports UTF-16, UCS-2, UTF-32, UCS-4 and their fixed endian
variants, such as UTF-16BE and UTF-16LE, in addition to UTF-8.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>iconv</literal> now supports codeset name eucJP-ms
to provide conversion between Japanese EUC and Unicode in the same way as
Windows. All Unicode encoding variants mentioned previously, are also supported
with eucJP-ms.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the <literal>iconv_ja</literal>(5) man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezzd"><title>Input Method Switcher Enhancement and EMEA
Keyboard Layout Emulation Support</title><para>This language support enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The input method switcher application, <literal>gnome-im-switcher-applet</literal>,
is replaced with a stand-alone GTK+ application, <literal>iiim-panel</literal>. <literal>iiim-panel</literal> now starts and resides on the GNOME panel automatically
when you log in to the Java DS in UTF-8 or Asian locales. <literal>iiim-panel</literal> can
also run in the Common Desktop Environment (CDE).</para><para>IIIMF supports language engines that emulate the EMEA keyboard layout
such as French, Polish or Dutch.</para><para>For more information, see the online help of the input method preference
editor (<literal>iiim-properties</literal>).</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzx" arch="x86"><title>Concurrent FPDMA READ/WRITE QUEUED Under
SATA Module</title><para>This device driver enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, concurrent READ/WRITE FPDMA QUEUED commands
are supported. There is considerable performance enhancement when performing
I/O operations using the Solaris marvell88sx driver under specific workload
conditions. Other workloads benefit to a smaller degree. There is also significant
performance enhancement under many workloads for drives that support this
optional portion of the SATA specification.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezbe"><title>ACM Driver of USB Communication Device
Class</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <literal>usbsacm</literal> driver supports
USB modems that conform to the specification for the Universal Serial Bus
Communication Device Class Abstract Control Model (USB CDC ACM). You can attach
the <literal>usbsacm</literal> driver with your mobile phone, PCMCIA cards,
or any modem-like devices. The <literal>usbsacm</literal> driver generates
term nodes under <filename>/dev/term/</filename>. You can then use <literal>pppd</literal>(1M)
to transmit datagrams over these serial ports.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezbv"><title>Enhanced USB EHCI Host Controller Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Enhanced USB EHCI host controller driver provides isochronous transfer
support for USB 2.0 or high speed isochronous devices. </para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="usb-isoc-request-9s" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>usb_isoc_request</refentrytitle><manvolnum>9S</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezaf"><title>USCSI LUN Reset Support</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>This feature is to supply the logical unit number (LUN) reset support
by <command>uscsi</command> commands. Users can use LUN reset commands with <literal>uscsi_flags</literal> set as <literal>USCSI_RESET_LUN</literal> with this
feature.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezcb" arch="x86"><title>Solaris Audio Driver for ATI
IXP400</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The <literal>audioixp</literal> driver is the Solaris audio driver for
the ATI IXP400 Southbridge chipset from ATI Corporation. The ATI IXP400 chipset
includes an embedded AC97 audio controller. This chipset is widely adopted
by many motherboard vendors, for example, the new Ferrari4000 model. The <literal>audioixp</literal> driver follows the Solaris Audio Driver Architecture (SADA)
framework.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezah"><title><literal>pcwl</literal> and <literal>pcan</literal> Drivers</title><para>These driver enhancements are new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The <literal>pcwl</literal> driver is used for Wavelan and Prism II
802.11b devices. The <literal>pcan</literal> driver is for Aironet 802.11b
devices. These two drivers have been used by internal users through <literal>frkit</literal>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezay"><title><literal>ipw</literal> and <literal>iwi</literal> Drivers</title><para>These driver enhancements are new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, two wireless drivers are provided: the <literal>ipw</literal> or the Intel Pro Wireless 2100b driver and the <literal>iwi</literal> or
the Intel Pro Wireless 2200bg/2915abg driver. These drivers increase the coverage
of WiFi support in Solaris and improve the user's WiFi experience. For more
information on WiFi drivers, see the Laptop community at <ulink url="http://opensolaris.org/os/community/laptop/" type="url">http://opensolaris.org/os/community/laptop/</ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezar"><title>USB Video Class Driver</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The USB video class driver, <literal>usbvc</literal>, supports web cameras
that are compliant with the USB video class specifications at <ulink url="http://www.usb.org/home" type="url">http://www.usb.org/home</ulink>.
The <literal>usbvc</literal> driver supports the following web cameras: :</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Logitech Quickcam Ultra Vision</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Logitech Quickcam Pro 5000</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Logitech Quickcam Fusion</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Logitech Quickcam Orbit MP</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Logitech Quickcam Pro for Notebooks</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The <literal>usbvc</literal> driver, enables a few video applications,
for example, the video conference application, Ekiga.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="usbvc-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>usbvc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfaky"><title>MPxIO Extension for Serial Attached SCSI Devices
on <literal>mpt</literal>(7D)</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The <literal>mpt</literal> driver has been enhanced to support MPxIO
with supported storage devices. When MPxIO is enabled for Serial Attached
SCSI (SAS) and SATA devices, they are enumerated under <literal>scsi_vhci</literal>(7D)
just like fibre channel devices under <literal>fp</literal>(7D).</para><para>Starting with this release, <literal>stmsboot</literal>(1M) has also
been enhanced to support multipathed SAS devices. <literal>stmsboot</literal>(1D)
operates on all attached and multipath-capable controllers by default.</para><para>If you wish to only enable multipathing on <literal>fp</literal> or <literal>mpt</literal> controllers then you can use the new flag which has been added
to restrict operations. The command, <command>/usr/sbin/stmsboot <option>D</option> mpt <option>e</option></command>, will enable MPxIO only on attached <literal>mpt</literal> controllers.
Replacing <literal>mpt</literal> with <literal>fp</literal> in this command
will make <literal>stmsboot</literal> enable MPxIO only on attached <literal>fp</literal> controllers.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezcl"><title>HP LTO-4 Tape Drive Support</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS supports the HP LTO-4 tape
drive.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezbb"><title>IBM LTO-4 Tape Drive Support</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS supports the IBM LTO-4 tape
drive.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezco" arch="x86"><title>Support for Lucent/Agere Venus
Internal PCI Modems</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>The Solaris serial port driver is enhanced to support internal PCI modems
based on the Lucent/Agere Venus chipset. These 56&ndash;Kbyte modems appear
as ordinary serial ports in Solaris.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="asy-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>asy</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezbu" arch="sparc"><title><literal>ntwdt</literal> Driver for
UltraSPARC-T1 (Niagara) Systems</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with release, there is a user-programmable watchdog timer on
sun4v platforms that supports backward compatibility. The user can manipulate
the Application Watchdog Timer through <literal>IOCTL</literal>s provided
by the backward compatible <literal>ntwdt</literal> pseudo driver.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezbt"><title>Adaptec Ultra320 SCSI Controllers</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 5/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Ultra320 SCSI HBA with PCI Express interface
from Adaptec can run in native MSI interrupt mode and not in legacy fix mode.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gekeg"><title>New Features in Solaris Express Developer Edition
2/07</title><sect2 id="geddo"><title>IPsec Tunnel Reform</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>Solaris now implements IPsec Tunnel Mode per RFC 2401. Inner-packet
selectors can be specified on a per-tunnel-interface basis using the new &ldquo;
tunnel&rdquo; keyword of <literal>ipsecconf</literal>(1M). <literal>IKE</literal> and <literal>PF_KEY</literal> handle Tunnel Mode identities for Phase 2/Quick Mode. Interoperability
with other IPsec implementations is greatly increased.</para><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="sysadv3" targetptr="ipsec-ov-13" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Transport and Tunnel Modes in IPsec</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: IP Services</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyxz"><title>Large Send Offload</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>Large Send Offload (LSO) is a hardware off-loading technology. LSO off-loads
TCP Segmentation to NIC hardware to improve the network performance by reducing
the workload on the CPUs. LSO is helpful for 10Gb network adoption on systems
with slow CPU threads or lack of CPU resource. This feature integrates basic
LSO framework in Solaris TCP/IP stack, so that any LSO-capable NIC might be
enabled with LSO capability.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gekfa"><title>GNOME System Tools</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Java DS includes the GNOME System Tools.
This feature provides several system administration tools that enable the
desktop users to perform basic administration of the following system's features:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Date &amp; Time</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Users &amp; Groups</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Services</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Network</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Shared Folders</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The GNOME System Tools can be accessed under <userinput>Launch->Administration
menu</userinput>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geker"><title>GNOME 2.16</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this, the Java DS includes the new Gnome 2.16 desktop.
The GNOME 2.16 desktop introduces new features and enhances the usability
and performance of many commonly used applications. The desktop includes these
new features:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The GTK+ 2.10 version provides several new widgets, improved
themes, an enhanced file chooser, and a new printing API.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The user's experience of <literal>Plug and Play</literal> portable
media and devices is greatly improved with the introduction of Freedesktop.org's
HAL and related elements in the GNOME desktop environment. You can now simply
insert a blank CD/DVD, or plug in a USB mass storage device, and configure
the desktop interactively.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Orca, a new screen reader and magnifier is integrated to provide
enhanced accessibility support.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Alacarte, a menu editor enables users to edit the layout of
the Launch menu.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>GTK+ Authorization (Gksu) enables the running of applications
as another user, or using RBAC profiles, prompting for authorization as needed.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>GNOME System Monitor panel applet and application enables
the user to monitor the state of the system.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>GNOME System Log Viewer enables the viewing and monitoring
of log files.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Vino enables the remote administration of a user's desktop,
allowing the administrators to see exactly what is on the user's display.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The Java-Gnome bindings for the GNOME Platform are added in
this release, enabling GNOME and GTK+ applications to be written in Java.
The Java and GNOME bindings also include support for the GNOME WYSIWYG UI
designer, Glade.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzu"><title>Orca</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>Orca is a free, open-source, flexible, and extensible screen reader
that provides access to the graphical desktop. Access is through user-customizable
combinations of speech, braille, or magnification.</para><para>Orca works with applications and toolkits that support the Assistive
Technology Service Provider Interface (AT-SPI), which is the primary assistive
technology infrastructure for Solaris and Linux operating systems. Applications
and toolkits that support  the AT-SPI include the GNOME GTK+ toolkit, the
Java platform's Swing toolkit, OpenOffice, and Mozilla.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyzi"><title>StarOffice 8</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>StarOffice 8 includes the following new features and enhancements:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Microsoft Office compatibility</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>OpenDocument as the new default file format</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Support for XForms</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Digital signatures for documents </para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Resident database wizard</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Enhanced mail merge wizard</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Applications are easier to use</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Native desktop theme</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Migration tools</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Export of documents to Adobe PDF</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://www.sun.com/software/star/staroffice/whats_new.jsp" type="url">http://www.sun.com/software/star/staroffice/whats_new.jsp</ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gekfo"><title>Ekiga</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>Ekiga is a videoconferencing and VOIP/IP-Telephony application that
enables you to make audio and video calls to remote users with H.323 or SIP
hardware or software (such as Microsoft Netmeeting). It supports PC-to-PC
and PC-to-Phone calls.</para><para>Ekiga also supports the following features:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Call Forwarding on <literal>busy</literal>, <literal>no answer</literal>,
or <literal>always</literal> (SIP and H.323)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Call Transfer (SIP and H.323)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Call Hold (SIP and H.323)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>DTMFs support (SIP and H.323)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Basic Instant Messaging (SIP) </para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Text Chat (SIP and H.323)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Possibility to register to several registrars (SIP) and gatekeepers
(H.323)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Possibility to use an outbound proxy (SIP) or a gateway (H.323) </para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Message Waiting Indications (SIP)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Audio and Video (SIP and H.323)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>STUN support (SIP and H.323)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>DTMF support</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>LDAP support (Addressbook)</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gekfl"><title>Vino</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>Remote Desktop (vino) provides a VNC server that integrates with GNOME,
supporting multiple clients to access a GNOME desktop session remotely. It
enables you to export your running desktop to another computer for remote
use or diagnosis.</para><para>For more information, see the <literal>vino-preferences</literal> and <literal>vino-server</literal> man pages.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gekga"><title>Solaris Live Upgrade</title><para>This installation enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, Solaris Live Upgrade has been changed with
the following enhancements:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>You can upgrade the Solaris OS when non-global zones are installed
on a system by using Solaris Live Upgrade.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>A new package, <literal>SUNWlucfg</literal>, must be installed
with the other Solaris Live Upgrade packages <literal>SUNWlur</literal> and <literal>SUNWluu</literal>.</para><para>These three packages comprise the software
needed to upgrade by using Solaris Live Upgrade. These packages include existing
software, new features, and bug fixes. If you do not install these packages
on your system before using Solaris Live Upgrade, upgrading to the target
release fails.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information about upgrading when non-global zones are installed
on a system, see <olink targetdoc="solinstallupg" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Installation Guide:  Solaris Live Upgrade and Upgrade Planning</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezaa" arch="x86"><title>Keyboard Configuration Automated</title><para>Starting with this release, the <literal>sysidkbd</literal> tool configures
your USB language and its corresponding keyboard layout on x86 systems.</para><para>With the new <literal>sysidkbd</literal> tool, the following procedure
occurs:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>If the keyboard is self-identifying, the keyboard language
and layout automatically configures during installation.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>If the keyboard is not self-identifying, the <literal>sysidkbd</literal> tool
provides you with a list of supported keyboard layouts during installation,
so that you can select a layout for keyboard configuration.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>Previously, the USB keyboard assumed a self-identifying value of one
during the installation. Therefore, all of the keyboards that were not self-identifying
always configured for a U.S. English keyboard layout during installation on
SPARC.</para><note><para>PS/2 keyboards are not self-identifying. You will have to select
the keyboard layout during the installation.</para>
</note><para><emphasis role="strong">JumpStart Specifications:</emphasis> If the
keyboard is not self-identifying and you want to prevent being prompted during
your JumpStart installation, select the keyboard language in your <filename>sysidcfg</filename> file. For JumpStart installation, the default is for a U.S. English
keyboard layout. To select another language and its corresponding keyboard
layout, set the keyboard keyword in your <filename>sysidcfg</filename> file
.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="solinstallnet" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Installation Guide: Network-Based Installations</citetitle></olink>.</para><para>This feature was introduced for SPARC systems in the Solaris Express
10/06 release. See <olink targetptr="gdvqd" remap="internal">New sysidkbd Tool Configures Your
Keyboard</olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gekfw"><title>Upgrading the Solaris OS When Non-Global Zones Are
Installed</title><para>This installation enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, you can upgrade the Solaris OS when non-global
zones are installed.</para><note><para>The only limitation to upgrading involves a Solaris Flash archive.
When you use a Solaris Flash archive to install, an archive that contains
non-global zones is not properly installed on your system.</para>
</note><para>The following changes accommodate systems that have non-global zones
installed:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>For the Solaris interactive installation program, you can
upgrade or patch a system when non-global zones are installed. The time to
upgrade or patch might be extensive, depending on the number of non-global
zones that are installed.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>For an automated JumpStart installation, you can upgrade or
patch with any keyword that applies to an upgrade or patching. The time to
upgrade or patch might be extensive, depending on the number of non-global
zones that are installed.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>For Solaris Live Upgrade, you can upgrade or patch a system
that contains non-global zones. If you have a system that contains non-global
zones, Solaris Live Upgrade is the recommended upgrade program or program
to add patches. Other upgrade programs might require extensive upgrade time,
because the time required to complete the upgrade increases linearly with
the number of installed non-global zones. If you are patching a system with
Solaris Live Upgrade, you do not have  to take the system to single-user mode
and you can maximize your system's uptime.</para><para>Solaris Live Upgrade
creates a copy of the OS on the inactive boot environment. The inactive boot
environment can be upgraded or patched when non-global zones are installed.
The inactive boot environment can then be booted to become the new boot environment.
The following changes accommodate systems that have non-global zones installed:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>A new package, <literal>SUNWlucfg</literal>, must be installed
with the  other Solaris Live Upgrade packages, <literal>SUNWlur</literal> and <literal>SUNWluu</literal>. This package is required for any system, not just a system
with non-global zones installed.</para><para>These three packages contain
the software needed to upgrade by using Solaris Live Upgrade. These packages
include existing software, new features, and bug fixes. If you do not install
these  packages on your system before using Solaris Live Upgrade, upgrading
to the target release fails.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Creating a new boot environment from the currently running
boot environment remains the same with one exception. This exception occurs
under the following circumstances:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>If in the current boot environment the <command>zonecfg add
fs</command> command was used to create a separate file system for a non-global
zone</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>If this separate file system resides on a shared file system.
For example, <filename>/zone/root/export</filename></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>To prevent this separate file system from being shared in the new boot
environment, the <command>lucreate</command> command now enable you to specify
a destination slice for a separate file system for a non-global zone. The
argument to the <option>m</option> option has a new optional field, <replaceable>zonename</replaceable>. This new field places the non-global zone's separate
file system on a separate slice in the new boot environment.</para><note><para>By default, any file system other than the critical file systems,
that is, root (<filename>/</filename>), <filename>/usr</filename>, and <filename>/opt</filename> file systems, is shared between the current and new boot environments.
The <filename>/export</filename> file system is a shared file system. If you
use the <option>m</option> option, the non-global zone's file system is placed
on a separate slice and data is not shared. The <option>m</option> option
prevents zone file systems that were created with the <command>zonecfg add
fs</command> command from being shared between the boot environments.  See <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> for details.</para>
</note><para>In this example, a new boot environment named <literal>newbe</literal> is
created.  The root (<literal>/)</literal> file system is copied to <literal>c0t1d0s4</literal>. All non-global zones in the current boot environment are copied
to the new boot environment.  The non-global zone named <literal>zone1</literal> contains
a file system that resides on a separate slice in a shared file system such
as <filename>/zone1/root/export</filename>. To prevent this file system from
being shared, the file system is copied to a separate slice on <literal>newbe</literal>, <literal>c0t1d0s1</literal>.</para><screen># <userinput>lucreate -n newbe -m /:/dev/dsk/c0t1d0s4:ufs</userinput> \
<userinput>-m /export:/dev/dsk/c0t1d0s1:ufs:zone1</userinput></screen>
</listitem><listitem><para>The <command>lumount</command> command provides non-global
zones with access to their corresponding file systems that exist on inactive
boot environments. When the global zone administrator uses the <command>lumount</command> command
to mount an inactive boot environment, the boot environment is also mounted
for non-global zones.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Comparing boot environments is enhanced. The <command>lucompare</command> command
now generates a comparison of boot environments that includes the contents
of any non-global zone.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Listing file systems with the <command>lufslist</command> command
is enhanced to display a list of file systems for both the global zone and
the non-global zones.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For step-by-step procedures for upgrading a system with non-global 
zones installed or for information about the Solaris Zones partitioning technology,
see the following references:</para><informaltable frame="topbot"><tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0"><colspec colwidth="50*"/><colspec colwidth="50*"/><thead><row rowsep="1"><entry><para>Description</para>
</entry><entry><para>For More Information</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead><tbody><row><entry><para>Upgrading with Solaris Live Upgrade on a system with non-global zones</para>
</entry><entry><para><olink targetdoc="solinstallupg" targetptr="gdzlc" remap="external">Chapter 9, <citetitle remap="chapter">Upgrading the Solaris OS on a System With Non-Global  Zones Installed,</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Installation Guide:  Solaris Live Upgrade and Upgrade Planning</citetitle></olink></para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry><para>Creating and using non-global zones</para>
</entry><entry><para><olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink></para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry><para>Upgrading with JumpStart</para>
</entry><entry><para><olink targetdoc="solinstalladv" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Installation Guide: Custom JumpStart and Advanced Installations</citetitle></olink></para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry><para>Upgrading with the Solaris installation interactive GUI</para>
</entry><entry><para><olink targetdoc="solarisinstall" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Installation Guide: Basic Installations</citetitle></olink></para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdytt"><title>Solaris Key Management Framework</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>The <command>pktool</command> command enables the administrator to manage
PKI objects in all three keystores from a single utility.</para><para>The API layer enables the developer to specify the type of keystore
to be used. KMF also provides plug-in modules for these PKI technologies.
These plug-in modules enable developers to write new applications to use any
of the supported keystores.</para><para>KMF has a unique feature that provides a system-wide policy database
that KMF applications can use regardless of the type of keystore. By using
the <command>kmfcfg</command> command, the administrator can create policy
definitions in a global database. KMF applications can then choose a policy
to enforce, so that all subsequent KMF operations are constrained by the policy
being enforced. Policy definitions include rules for the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Strategy for performing validations</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Key usage and extended key usage requirements</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Trust anchor definitions</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>OCSP parameters</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>CRL DB parameters (for example, location)</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="pktool-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>pktool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="kmfcfg-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>kmfcfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadv6" targetptr="kmf-1" remap="external">Chapter 15, <citetitle remap="chapter">Solaris Key Management Framework,</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Security Services</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="geyze"><title><literal>rsync</literal></title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07
release.</para><para><literal>rsync</literal> is an open source utility that provides fast
and incremental file transfer. This utility is used by system administrators
to move, copy, synchronize data both local, and over the network. The <literal>rsync</literal> utility uses SSH as a secure transport between machines. <literal>rsync</literal> can also be used as a safe remote data backup tool for both full
and incremental directory comparisons and transfers.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://rsync.samba.org/" type="text">http://rsync.samba.org/</ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gekep"><title><literal>sharemgr</literal>(1M) and <literal>sharectl</literal>(1M)
Utilities</title><para>This system administration tools enhancement is new in the Developer
2/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, you can use two new utilities to manage
file systems and file-sharing protocols:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The <literal>sharemgr</literal> utility simplifies tasks related
to sharing file systems. For example, when using <literal>sharemgr</literal> to
share file systems, to set the property values for shared file systems, or
perform related tasks, you do not need to use the share, <literal>shareall</literal>,
or <literal>unshare</literal> utility. Additionally, you do not need to edit
the <filename>/etc/dfs/dfstab</filename> file.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The <filename>sharectl</filename> utility enables you to configure
and manage file-sharing protocols, for example, NFS. This utility enables
you to set the client and server operational properties, display property
values for a specific protocol, and obtain the status of a protocol.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="sharemgr-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>sharemgr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="sharectl-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>sharectl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadv4" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Network Services</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gekfq"><title>Name Service Switch Enhancements</title><para>This system administration tools enhancement is new in the Developer
2/07 release.</para><para>Enhancements have been made to the name service switch (nss) and to
the Name Switch Cache Daemon (<literal>nscd</literal>(1M)) in order to deliver
new functionality. These enhancements include the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Better caching in <literal>nscd</literal>(1M) and management
of connections within the updated framework</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Name service lookups that are access controlled at the naming
service on a per-user basis. The updated switch framework adds support for
this style of lookups using <literal>SASL</literal>/<literal>GSS</literal>/<literal>Kerberos</literal> in a manner that is compatible with the authentication
model used in the Microsoft Active Directory.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>A framework for the future addition of <literal>putXbyY</literal> interfaces.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gekfg"><title>SMF Enhancements to Routing Management</title><para>This system administration tools enhancement is new in the Developer
2/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, <literal>routeadm</literal> (1M) is enhanced
to manage SMF-based routing daemon services. Also, service conversions for
the following commands are provided:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="in.routed-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>in.routed</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="in.ripngd-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>in.ripngd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="in.rdisc-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>in.rdisc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="in.ndpd-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>in.ndpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>As a result, these services can be managed through standard SMF commands
such as <command>svcadm</command> and <command>svccfg</command>, and utilize
the restart capabilities that SMF provides.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gekfc"><title>X Server DTrace Provider</title><para>Starting with the Developer 2/07 release, the X Window System servers
include a User-land Statically Defined Tracing (USDT) DTrace provider for
instrumenting X11 client connections. The X Window System servers include
the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Xorg</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Xsun</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Xprt</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Xnest</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Xvfb</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information about available probes and their arguments, and
sample dtrace scripts using them, see <ulink url="http://people.freedesktop.org/" type="url">http://people.freedesktop.org/</ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdvco"><title>Direct Rendering Infrastructure</title><para>Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) is an open sourced software framework
for coordinating the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>OS kernel</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>X Window System</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>3D graphics hardware</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>OpenGL-based client applications</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>DRI enables direct access to graphics hardware in the X Window System
in a safe and efficient manner. DRI also enables OpenGL hardware-accelerated,
3D rendering on UNIX-like operating systems. DRI framework and the accelerated
driver for Intel have been ported to Solaris. Currently, DRI has the graphics
chipsets produced by Intel, ATI, Via, and 3dfx.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gekzj"><title>SATA HBA Framework and Marvell Driver</title><para>This device management enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release the READ/WRITE FPDMA QUEUED commands are
supported. There is considerable performance enhancement when performing I/O
operations using the Marvell driver with Sun branded Hitachi model HDS7225SBSUN250G.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gezat" arch="x86"><title>NVIDIA Accelerated Graphics Drivers</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the accelerated graphics drivers for Xorg
and OpenGL for NVIDIA Quadro and GeForce cards are included. The <literal>nvidia-settings</literal> and <literal>nvidia-xconfig</literal> configuration tools for these
drivers are also provided.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gekfy"><title>Adaptec <literal>aac</literal> Hardware Support</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>The updated <literal>aac</literal> driver supports the new generation,
rocket chip-based Adaptec Hardware RAID adapter. The aac driver also supports
the Adaptec Storage Management Utility (ASM), which configures and monitors
the controller and attached hard drives. For more information, see the Adaptec
web-site <ulink url="http://www.adaptec.com/en-US/products/adps/" type="url">http://www.adaptec.com/en-US/products/adps/</ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdytp" arch="x86"><title>Direct Rendering
Infrastructure Porting</title><para>This driver enhancement is new in the Developer 2/07 release.</para><para>In this release, the Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) kernel-level
framework and a kernel (Direct Rendering Manager) driver for Intel integrated
chipsets have been ported from BSD to Solaris.</para><para>For more information about DRI, see <olink targetptr="gdvco" remap="internal">Direct
Rendering Infrastructure</olink>.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gedcv"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 12/06</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 12/06 release.</para><sect2 id="geddd"><title>Session Initiation Protocol Library (<literal>libsip</literal>)</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/06 release.</para><para>Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) is an application layer protocol that
can be used to initiate, modify, and terminate multimedia sessions such as
Voice-over-IP (VoIP) and Instant Messaging (IM).</para><para>SIP library in Solaris provides a  SIP stack, that conforms to RFC 3261,
and a set of API to write SIP applications. Primary users of this library
include developers who write SIP applications such as soft phones, proxy servers,
redirect servers, etc.</para><para>The library supports all SIP headers in RFCs 3261, 3262, 3265, 3323,
and 3325.</para><para>For more information about SIP, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="sip-7p" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>sip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7P</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gedbt"><title>ZFS Command History (<command>zpool history</command>)</title><para>This system administration tools enhancement is new in the Solaris Express
12/06 release.</para><para>ZFS automatically logs successful <command>zfs</command> and <command>zpool</command> commands that modify pool state information. For example:</para><screen># <userinput>zpool history</userinput>
History for 'newpool':
2006-10-23.08:58:22 zpool create -f newpool c1t2d0
2006-10-23.08:59:02 zpool replace -f newpool c1t2d0 c1t3d0
2006-10-23.08:59:54 zpool attach -f newpool c1t3d0 c1t4d0</screen><para>This feature enables you or Sun support personnel to identify the <emphasis>exact</emphasis> set of ZFS commands that was executed to troubleshoot an
error scenario.</para><para>The features of the history log are as follows:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The log cannot be disabled.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The log is saved persistently on disk, which means the log
is saved across system reboots.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The log is implemented as a ring buffer. The minimum size
is 128 Kbytes. The maximum size is 32 Mbytes.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>For smaller pools, the maximum size is capped at 1% of the
pool size, where <replaceable>size</replaceable> is determined at pool creation
time.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The log does not require any administration. This means that
you do not need to tune the size of the log or change the location of the
log.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>Currently, the <command>zpool history</command> command does not record <replaceable>user-ID</replaceable>, <replaceable>hostname</replaceable>, or <replaceable>zone-name</replaceable>.</para><para>For more information about troubleshooting ZFS problems, see <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbppr"><title>Changes and Improvements to Removable Media Management</title><para>This device management enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/06
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, better services and methods that provide
removable media management have replaced previous features for managing removable
media.</para><para>The following new features are available:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>New removable media services are enabled and disabled by using
SMF.</para><screen>online         12:17:54 svc:/system/hal:default
online         12:17:56 svc:/system/filesystem/rmvolmgr:default
online         12:17:26 svc:/system/dbus:default</screen>
</listitem><listitem><para>Removable media is now mounted automatically in the <filename>/media</filename> directory. However, symbolic links to <filename>/media</filename> are
provided from previous media mount points, <filename>/cdrom</filename> and <filename>/rmdisk</filename>, for compatibility purposes.</para><para>For example, a
compact flash memory card (<filename>/dev/dsk/c4d0p0:1</filename>) is mounted
as follows:</para><screen>$ ls /media/NIKON</screen><para>For example, a USB memory stick (<filename>/dev/dsk/c3t0d0s0</filename>)
is mounted as follows:</para><screen>$ ls /media/U3</screen><para>For example, a diskette (<filename>/dev/diskette0</filename>) is mounted
as follows:</para><screen>$ ls /media/floppy</screen>
</listitem><listitem><para>The default removable media volume manager, <command>rmvolmgr</command>,
is responsible for following activities:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Mounting and unmounting volumes.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The root instance of <command>rmvolmgr</command> starts at
system boot. However, you can configure your session's configuration files
to start an instance of <command>rmvolmgr</command> when you log in. When
run within a user session, <command>rmvolmgr</command> only mounts devices
owned by the current user or session and does not conflict with the root instance.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>When <command>rmvolmgr</command> exits, it unmounts all media
that it mounted.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>For compatibility purposes, <command>rmvolmgr</command> creates
symbolic links under the <filename>/cdrom</filename>, <filename>/floppy</filename>, <filename>/rmdisk</filename> directories to the actual mount points under <filename>/media</filename>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>A special <command>rmvolmgr</command> run mode is available
for CDE compatibility.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem><listitem><para>The hardware abstraction layer (HAL) daemon, <command>hald</command>,
provides a view of the device attached to a system. This view is updated automatically
as hardware configuration changes, by hot-plugging or other mechanisms.</para><para>HAL represents a piece of hardware as a device object. A device object
is identified by a unique device identifier (UDI) and carries a set of key-value
pairs referred to as device properties. Some properties are derived from the
actual hardware, some are merged from device information files (<literal>.fdi</literal> files)
and some are related to the actual device configuration.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The following features are removed:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The <command>vold</command> daemon, the <literal>volfs</literal> file
system, and the <command>volfs</command> service have been removed.</para><screen>svc:/system/filesystem/volfs</screen>
</listitem><listitem><para>Logical device names for removable media under the <filename>/vol</filename> directory, such as <filename>/vol/dev/rdsk/...</filename> or <filename>/vol/dev/aliases/...</filename>, are no longer provided.</para><para>To access
removable media by its logical device name, the <filename>/dev</filename> device
should be used. For example:</para><screen>/dev/rdsk/c0t6d0s2</screen>
</listitem><listitem><para>Some <command>vold</command> device nicknames are no longer
available. The following <command>eject</command> <option>l</option> output
identifies the available device nicknames for each device and in the example,
the mounted media pathnames (<filename>/media/SOL_11_X86_4</filename>):</para><screen>$ eject -l
/dev/dsk/c2t0d0s2    cdrom,cdrom0,cd,cd0,sr,sr0,SOL_11_X86_4,/media/SOL_11_X86_4
/dev/diskette        floppy,floppy0,fd,fd0,diskette,diskette0,rdiskette,rdiskette0</screen><para>The comma-separated list shows the nicknames that can be used to eject
each device.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Customizations that were made in <filename>vold.conf</filename> and <filename>rmmount.conf</filename> are no longer available because these configuration
files no longer exist. For information about managing media customizations,
see <olink targetptr="gdyzo" remap="internal">Customizing Removable Media Management</olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Commands that begin with <filename>vol</filename>* commands
except for <command>volcheck</command> and <command>volrmmount</command>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><sect3 id="gdyzw"><title>Backward Compatibility</title><para>The following features provide backward compatibility with previous
Solaris removable media features:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Removable media mount points have moved to the <filename>/media</filename> directory,
which is used to mount removable media, such as CD-ROMs and USB devices. Symbolic
links to <filename>/media</filename> from previous media mounts points, such
as <filename>/cdrom</filename> and <filename>/rmdisk</filename>, are provided
for compatibility purposes.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The <command>rmformat</command> command is still available.
The output of this command is identical to what it looks in previous Solaris
releases with <command>vold</command> disabled.</para><para>For example:</para><screen># rmformat
Looking for devices...
     1. Logical Node: /dev/rdsk/c0t6d0s2
        Physical Node: /pci@1f,4000/scsi@3/sd@6,0
        Connected Device: TOSHIBA  DVD-ROM SD-M1401 1009
        Device Type: DVD Reader
        Bus: SCSI
        Size: 2.9 GB
        Label: &lt;None>
        Access permissions: &lt;Unknown></screen>
</listitem><listitem><para>The <command>eject</command> command is available but has
been enhanced. For more information, see <olink targetptr="gdyzt" remap="internal">Ejecting
Removable Media</olink>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect3><sect3 id="gdyzm"><title>Mounting and Unmounting Removable Media</title><para>Most commands that begin with <filename>vol</filename>* are removed
in this release. A modified version of <command>rmmount</command> and a new <command>rmumount</command> command are available to mount and unmount removable media.</para><para>These commands can be used to mount by device name, label, or mount
point. For example, to mount an iPod:</para><screen>% <userinput>rmmount ipod</userinput></screen><para>For example, to unmount the file systems on a DVD:</para><screen># <userinput>rmumount cdrom</userinput>
cdrom /dev/dsk/c0t6d0s5 unmounted
cdrom /dev/dsk/c0t6d0s0 unmounted</screen><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="rmmount-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmmount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para><sect4 id="gdyzu"><title>Mounting and Unmounting Diskettes</title><para>You can use the existing <command>volcheck</command> command to manually
poll diskettes and mount them if a new diskette is detected.</para><para>If you manually reformat diskette after it is connected to the system,
HAL is not automatically notified. Continue to use the <command>volcheck</command> command
to notify the system and attempt to automount a new file system on a diskette.</para>
</sect4>
</sect3><sect3 id="gdyzt"><title>Ejecting Removable Media</title><para>As in previous Solaris releases, use the <command>eject</command> command
to unmount and eject removable media. However, the following <command>eject</command> options
are available:</para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>f</option></term><listitem><para>Forces the device to eject even if the device is busy.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term><option>l</option></term><listitem><para>Displays paths and nicknames of devices that can be ejected.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term><option>t</option></term><listitem><para>A CD-ROM tray close command is provided to the device. Not
all devices support this option.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist><para>For example, to eject by its volume label:</para><screen>% <userinput>eject mypictures</userinput></screen><para>As in previous Solaris releases, you might need to issue the <command>volcheck</command> command before using the <command>eject</command> command to eject
a diskette.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="eject-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>eject</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect3><sect3 id="gdyzo"><title>Customizing Removable Media Management</title><para>For most customizations that were available in the <filename>vold.conf</filename> and <filename>rmmount.conf</filename> files, you will need to either use Desktop Volume
manager preferences or modify the <filename>.fdi</filename> files.</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>For <filename>rmmount.conf</filename> actions, you will need
to use either Desktop Volume Manager actions, <literal>gconf</literal>, or
HAL callouts.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Previously, <filename>rmmount.conf</filename> <literal>actions</literal> could
be run as root on behalf of ordinary users. Now, this is done by installing
callout executables in the <filename>/usr/lib/hal</filename> directory.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect3><sect3 id="gdyzg"><title>Disabling Removable Media Features</title><para>You can disable some or all removable media features in this release:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>To prevent volumes from mounting outside of user sessions,
disable the <command>rmvolmgr</command> service. For example:</para><screen># svcadm disable rmvolmgr</screen>
</listitem><listitem><para>To prevent any volume management, disable the <command>dbus</command>, <command>hal</command>, and <command>rmvolmgr</command> services.</para><screen># svcadm disable rmvolmgr
# svcadm disable dbus
# svcadm disable hal</screen><para>Disabling these services means that you would have to mount all media
manually by using the <command>mount</command> command.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect3>
</sect2><sect2 id="gedcm" arch="sparc"><title>Process Count Scalability</title><para>This system resources enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/06
release.</para><para>The process count scalability feature improves the process count scalability
of the Solaris OS. Currently, all UltraSPARC systems support a maximum of
8192 contexts.  When the number of processes exceeds 8192, then the kernel
steals contexts to keep the processes running. Stealing a context from a process
involves the following tasks:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Cross-calling all CPUs that the process ran on</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Invalidating the context for CPUs that are running threads
of the process</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Flushing the context from the TLBs of all CPUs that are running
threads of the process</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>This procedure is very expensive and gets worse as the number of processes
rise beyond 8K. The process count scalability feature completely redesigns
context management. The contexts are managed on a per-MMU basis rather than
a global basis which enables efficient TLB flushing and greatly improves the
scalability of context management.</para><para>The process count scalability feature also improves throughput on workloads
that consist of more than 8K active processes, or create and destroy processes
at a high rate, and is most beneficial on systems with many CPUs.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdyuq"><title>Packet Filter Hooks</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/06 release.</para><para>The packet filter hooks feature includes the following significant functionalities:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Improved performance in comparison with the STREAMS module
approach</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Capability to intercept packets between zones</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The packet filter hooks feature is part of a new API that is internal
to the kernel. Developers can use the API to work with IP inside the kernel
or to intercept packets.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gedck" arch="x86"><title>Fault Management For Next Generation AMD
Opteron Processors</title><para>The fault management feature introduces error-handling and fault-management
support for CPUs and memory in systems that use AMD (TM) Opteron and Athlon
64 Rev F processors. These processors are used in the &ldquo;M2&rdquo; products
from Sun such as the Sun Fire X2200 M2 and Ultra 20 M2. Previous Solaris releases
provided fault management support for Opteron and Athlon 64 revisions B through
E.</para><para>Fault management support is enabled by default. The fault management
service detects correctable CPU and memory errors, the resulting telemetry
is analyzed by diagnosis engines, and errors and faults are corrected whenever
possible. When errors cannot be corrected by the system, the extended telemetry
provides greater assistance to the system administrator.</para><para>For more information see <ulink url="http://www.opensolaris.org/os/community/fm/" type="url">http://www.opensolaris.org/os/community/fm/</ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gekzt"><title>Name service switch enhancements</title><para>This release contains upward compatible changes to the name service
switch (nss) and to the Name Switch Cache Daemon - nscd(1M)- in order to deliver
new functionality including the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Better caching in nscd(1M) and management of connections within
the updated framework.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Name service lookups that are access controlled at the naming
service on a per-user basis. The updated switch framework adds support for
this style of lookups using SASL/GSS/Kerberos in a manner that is compatible
with the authentication model used in Microsoft Active Directory.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>A framework for the future addition of putXbyY interfaces.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gdyuj"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 11/06</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 11/06 release.</para><sect2 id="gdyvg"><title>Resource Controls to Limit Locked Physical Memory</title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 11/06
release.</para><para>To limit the amount of locked physical memory available to a zone on
a Solaris OS with zones installed, use the <literal>zone.max-locked-memory</literal> zone-wide
resource control. The resource control is set through the <literal>add rctl</literal> resource
property in <command>zonecfg</command> for non-global zones. With the introduction
of <literal>zone.max-locked-memory</literal>, the <literal>proc_lock_memory</literal> privilege
is now part of the standard default set of zone privileges.</para><para>The allocation of the locked physical memory resource across projects
within the zone can be controlled by using the <literal>project.max-locked-memory</literal> resource control.</para><para>The <literal>project.max-locked-memory</literal> resource control replaces
the <literal>project.max-device-locked-memory</literal> resource control,
which has been removed from the Solaris OS.</para><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink> </para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="resource-controls-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>resource_controls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdyvl" arch="x86"><title><literal>lx</literal> Branded Zones: Solaris
Containers for Linux Applications</title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 11/06
release.</para><para>Sun's BrandZ technology provides the framework to create non-global
branded zones that contain nonnative operating environments.  As a simple
extension of non-global zones, branded zones offer the same  isolated and
secure environment, and all brand management is performed  through extensions
to the current zones structure.</para><para>The brand currently available is the <literal>lx</literal> brand,  Solaris
Containers for Linux Applications. These  non-global zones provide a Linux
application environment on an x86 or x64 machine running the Solaris OS.</para><para>The <literal>lx</literal> brand includes the tools necessary to install
a CentOS 3.5 to 3.8 or Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.5 to 3.8 inside a non-global
zone. Machines running the Solaris OS in either 32-bit or 64-bit mode can
execute 32-bit Linux applications.</para><para>For more information, see Part III, Branded Zones in the <olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink>.</para><para>Also see the following man pages:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zoneadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zoneadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="brands-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>brands</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> </para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="lx-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>lx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdyuz"><title>Name Service Switch and <literal>nscd</literal> Enhancements</title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 11/06
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the name service switch is updated. The
name service switch includes <literal>nscd</literal> and all <literal>getXbyY</literal> interfaces
that query files and network data from DNS, NIS, NIS+, or LDAP. The behavior
of the name service switch enhancements is identical to previous Solaris Express
releases.</para><para>The major functional change in the Solaris Express 11/06 release is
that, when the you enable <literal>nscd</literal>, <literal>nscd</literal> performs
all name service lookups. Prior to this release, <literal>nscd</literal> cached
only a small subset of lookups. To enable <literal>nscd</literal>, type the
following command:</para><screen># svcadm enable name-service-cache</screen><note><para><literal>nscd</literal> is normally enabled by default.</para>
</note><para>If incorrect name service behavior such as incorrect <literal>getXbyY</literal> results
or <literal>nscd</literal> hangs, is detected while <literal>nscd</literal> is
running, either restarting or disabling <literal>nscd</literal> should correct
the behavior. To restart <literal>nscd</literal> type the following command:</para><screen># svcadm restart name-service-cache</screen><para>Disabling <literal>nscd</literal> automatically forces applications
to perform all their own name service lookups as in prior releases of Solaris
Express. To disable <literal>nscd</literal>, type the following command:</para><screen># svcadm disable name-service-cache</screen><para><literal>nscd</literal> will use a naming service, such as NIS, NIS+,
or LDAP, only if the Service Management Facility (SMF) has enabled that service.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdyub"><title>Forcibly Unmount the PCFS File System</title><para>This file system enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 11/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, you can use the <option>f</option> option
with the <command>umount</command> command to forcibly unmount the PCFS file
system.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gdvqq"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 10/06</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 10/06 release.</para><sect2 id="gdvre"><title>System V Resource Controls for Zones</title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 10/06
release.</para><para>To limit the total amount of System V resources used by processes within
a  non-global zone, the following zone-wide resource controls are now included:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><literal>zone.max-shm-memory</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>zone.max-shm-ids</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>zone.max-msg-ids</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>zone.max-sem-ids</literal></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The resource controls are set through the <literal>add rctl</literal> resource
property in <command>zonecfg</command> command for non-global zones.</para><para>To limit the global zone's consumption, the resource controls can be
set through the <command>prctl</command> command.</para><para>For more information, see: </para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="prctl-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>prctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="resource-controls-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>resource_controls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> </para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdvqj"><title>Internet Printing Protocol Client-Side Support</title><para>Client-side support for the Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) enables
Solaris client systems to communicate with IPP-based print services, such
as those on the Linux and Mac OS X operating systems, as well as other platforms.</para><para>Small improvements are also featured in the server-side support for
the IPP listening service. These improvements promote better interoperability,
including some minor changes that result in a more standard representation
of printer and job attribute data.</para><para>The IPP server and client implementation in the Solaris OS is one of
several <trademark>OpenSolaris</trademark> printing projects that are currently
under development. OpenSolaris printing provides a set of specifications and
implementations of software that enables you to create standardized, scalable
printing components for the Solaris and Linux software, or any operating system
that contains a set of POSIX interfaces.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="sysadprtsvcs" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Solaris Printing</citetitle></olink>.</para><para>For more information about OpenSolaris Printing, see <ulink url="http://opensolaris.org/os/community/printing/" type="url">http://opensolaris.org/os/community/printing/</ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdvrl"><title>Selectable Use of <literal>localhost</literal>  for
Solaris Print Server Database Hostname</title><para>This printing feature enhancement was introduced in the Solaris Express
5/06 release.</para><para>This printing feature enables the Solaris print system to recognize
and use <literal>localhost</literal> as the local host in the print system
databases. In prior releases, <filename>/bin/hostname</filename> was used
solely to generate the print hostname. The print system depended on this name
remaining constant.  The ability to use <literal>localhost</literal> as the
name of the current system enables print servers to maintain the same print
hostname, independent of the system's host name.</para><note><para>The modification applies to the setup of local print queues exclusively.</para>
</note><para>To support this feature, the following modifications are effective for
the <command>lpadmin</command> command and the Solaris Print Manager graphical
user interface (GUI):</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The <command>lpadmin</command> command uses the <option>s</option> option
when creating a local print queue. </para><para>To use <literal>localhost</literal> as
the host name that is specified within the print server, set the print hostname
to <literal>localhost</literal>, as shown:</para><screen># lpadmin -p &lt;new-print-queue> -s localhost -v &lt;device></screen><para>For example:</para><screen># lpadmin -p foo -s localhost -v /dev/term/a</screen><note><para>The default behavior of the <command>lpadmin</command> command
has not changed.</para>
</note>
</listitem><listitem><para>Solaris Print Manager now includes an added tool attribute
check box, Use <literal>localhost</literal> for Printer Server. The <literal>localhost</literal> attribute is selected by default. To deselect the <literal>localhost</literal> attribute,
uncheck the box. Unchecking the box selects the previously chosen behavior
for this attribute.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="printmgr-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>printmgr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="lpadmin-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpadmin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadprtsvcs" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Solaris Printing</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdvps"><title>Single Hosts File</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 10/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS does not have two separate
hosts files. <filename>/etc/inet/hosts</filename> is the single hosts file
that contains both IPv4 and IPv6 entries. Solaris system administrators do
not need to maintain IPv4 entries in two hosts files that are always synchronized.
For backward compatibility, the <filename>/etc/inet/ipnodes</filename> file
is replaced with a symbolic link of the same name to<filename>/etc/inet/hosts</filename>.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="hosts-4" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page and the <olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="ipnodes-4" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ipnodes</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdvqd" arch="sparc"><title>New <literal>sysidkbd</literal> Tool
Configures Your Keyboard</title><para>This installation enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 10/06 release.</para><para>For SPARC based platforms, a new <literal>sysidtool</literal>, <literal>sysidkbd</literal>, configures your USB keyboard layout during system installation.</para><note><para>Previously, the USB keyboard attached on the SPARC platform always
assumed a self-identifying value of one during the installation. Therefore,
all of the keyboards that were not self-identifying always configured for
a U.S. English keyboard during installation.</para>
</note><para>With the new <literal>sysidkbd</literal> tool, the following procedure
occurs:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>If the keyboard is self-identifying, the keyboard layout automatically
configures during installation.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>If the keyboard is not self-identifying, the <literal>sysidkbd</literal> tool
provides you with a list of supported keyboard layouts during installation,
so that you can select a layout for keyboard configuration.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>If the keyboard is not self-identifying and you want to prevent being
prompted during your JumpStart installation, select the keyboard language
in your <literal>sysidcfg</literal> script. For JumpStart installation, the
default is for a U.S. English keyboard layout. To select another language,
set the keyboard entry in your <literal>sysidcfg</literal> script as in this
example:</para><screen>keyboard=German</screen><note><para>The value provided for <literal>sysidcfg</literal> must be a valid
value. Otherwise, an interactive response is required during installation.
Valid keyboard strings are defined in a file which is referenced in the <literal>sysidcfg</literal>(4) man page.</para>
</note><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="sysidcfg-4" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysidcfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page and the <olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="sysidtool-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysidtool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdvyf"><title>Device Naming Enhancements</title><para>This device management enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 10/06
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <filename>/dev</filename> name space
supports multiple file system instances as needed. When the system is booted,
a global instance of the <filename>/dev</filename> file system is created
automatically. Subsequent <filename>/dev</filename> instances are created
and mounted when needed. For example, when devices are added to a non-global
zone. When a non-global zone is shut down, the available <filename>/dev</filename> instance
is unmounted and unavailable.</para><para>In addition, device configuration is improved in the following ways:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Reconfiguration boot is eliminated</emphasis>.
In release prior to Solaris Express 10/06, a reconfiguration boot was needed
if you connected a device to a system that is powered off.</para><para>Starting
with this release, you do not need to perform a reconfiguration boot when
attaching devices to a system that is powered off. When you reboot the system,
the system automatically recognizes newly attached devices and creates the
appropriate links.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="devfs-7fs" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7FS</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Zone device support is simplified</emphasis>.
As described above, device support for Solaris zones is enhanced by providing
specific instances of the <filename>/dev</filename> directory for non-global
zones. In addition, zones are no longer dependent on the <command>devfsadm</command> daemon
for reconfiguration of devices within a zone.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Pseudo device creation is improved</emphasis>.
Starting with this release, the content of the <filename>/dev/pts</filename> directory
is created on demand in the global <filename>/dev</filename> name space and
in the <filename>/dev</filename> instance when needed in a non-global zone.
In addition, the <literal>pty</literal>s links are only visible in the global
zone or the non-global zone from which they are allocated.</para><para>For
more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman3a" targetptr="grantpt-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>grantpt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gfame"><title>Linker and Libraries Updates</title><para>This developer tools enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 10/06
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, there is greater flexibility in executing
an alternative link-editor with the <command>link-editor <option>z</option> altexec64</command> option and the <literal>LD_ALTEXEC</literal> environment variable.</para><para>Symbol definitions that are generated using <literal>mapfiles</literal> can
now be associated to the executable and linking format (ELF) sections.</para><para>The link-editors now enable the creation of static thread-local storage
(TLS) within shared objects. In addition, a backup TLS reservation is established
to provide for limited use of static TLS within post-startup shared objects.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gdpqc"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 9/06</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 9/06 release.</para><sect2 id="gdppw"><title>MPSS Extension to Non-ISM/DISM Anonymous Shared Memory</title><para>This system performance enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 9/06
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, Solaris large-page support has been enhanced
by extending multiple page size support (MPSS) to the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Non-ISM/DISM SysV shared memory</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>MAP_SHARED</literal> mappings created by <literal>mmap()</literal> of <filename>/dev/zero</filename> or with the <literal>MAP_ANON</literal> flag</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>In releases prior to Solaris Express 9/06, user applications could only
map ISM/DISM  SysV segments with large pages and there was no support for
the use of large pages for segments created by <literal>MAP_SHARED mmap()</literal> of <filename>/dev/zero</filename> or <literal>mmap()</literal>. The new feature extends
large-page support in the following two ways:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>On SPARC based systems, large pages are automatically assigned
by the Solaris kernel to large enough shared memory mappings of either non-ISM/DISM
SysV or <filename>/dev/zero</filename> or <literal>MAP_ANON</literal>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>On SPARC and x86 based systems, the <literal>memcntl(MC_HAT_ADVISE)</literal> interface has been enhanced to enable users to explicitly request
the use of large pages for <literal>MAP_SHARED</literal> anonymous memory
(created by <literal>mmap()</literal> of <filename>/dev/zero</filename> or
with the <literal>MAP_ANON</literal> flag) and non-ISM/DISM SysV memory.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>In prior releases, however, <literal>memcntl(MC_HAT_ADVISE)</literal> against <literal>MAP_SHARED</literal> mappings worked only against memory created by mapping
regular files. The significant advantage of the MPSS extension feature is
potential performance improvement for applications that create large non-ISM/DISM
shared memory segments or have big <filename>MAP_SHARED /dev/zero</filename> or <literal>MAP_ANON</literal> mappings. This performance improvement is due to the reduction
of TLB misses due to the use of larger pages.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdppz"><title>GNOME-VFS and Nautilus ACL Support</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 9/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, ACL support has been added to GNOME-VFS
and Nautilus. The GNOME file manager now enables the file system access control
lists to be accessed and modified. The GNOME-VFS and Nautilus ACL support
feature brings an existing file system functionality to the desktop.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdprb"><title>ZFS Option to Sort List Output</title><para>This file system enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 9/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <command>zfs list</command> command
has two new options, <option>s</option> and <option>S</option>. These options
are used to select the columns that are to be displayed and sorted.</para><para>For more information about <literal>zfs</literal>, see the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>zfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry> man
page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdpqm"><title>Improved Device in Use Error Checking</title><para>The following utilities have been enhanced to detect when a specified
device is in use:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><command>dumpadm</command></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><command>format</command></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><command>mkfs</command> and <command>newfs</command></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><command>swap</command></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>These enhancements mean that these utilities might detect some of the
following usage scenarios:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Device is part of a ZFS storage pool</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Device is a dump or swap device</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Mounted file system or an entry for the device exists in the <filename>/etc/vfstab</filename> file</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Device is part of a live upgrade configuration</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Device is part of a Solaris Volume Manager configuration or
Veritas Volume Manager configuration</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For example, if you attempt to use the <command>format</command> utility
to access an active device, you will see a message similar to the following:</para><screen># <userinput>format</userinput>
.
.
.
Specify disk (enter its number): 1
selecting c0t1d0
[disk formatted]
Warning: Current Disk has mounted partitions.
/dev/dsk/c0t1d0s0 is currently mounted on /. Please see umount(1M).
/dev/dsk/c0t1d0s1 is currently used by swap. Please see swap(1M).</screen><para>However, these utilities do not detect all scenarios in the same way.
For example, you can use the <command>newfs</command> command to create a
new file system on a device in a live upgrade configuration. You cannot use
the <command>newfs</command> command to create a new file system on a device
that is part of a live upgrade configuration if it also has a mounted file
system.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdpqp"><title>Non-Global Zones Now Installed With Limited Networking
Configuration</title><para>A non-global zone is now installed with limited networking configuration
(<literal>generic_limited_net.xml</literal>). This means, for example, that
only the <literal>ssh</literal> login is enabled by default, and logins through <literal>rlogin</literal> and <literal>telnet</literal>  must be added if needed.</para><para>The administrator can switch the zone to the open, traditional networking
configuration (<literal>generic_open.xml</literal>) by using the <command>netservices</command> command, or enable and  disable specific services by using the
Service Management Facility (SMF) commands.</para><para>For more information about network configuration types, see Chapter
15, &ldquo;Managing  Services (Tasks)&rdquo; in <olink targetdoc="sysadv1" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Basic Administration</citetitle></olink></para><para>For more information about the procedure to switch a non-global zone
 to a different network service configuration see, Chapter 22, &ldquo;Logging
In to Non-Global Zones (Tasks)&rdquo; in <olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink></para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdpqv"><title>Adobe Flash Player Plug-in for Solaris</title><para>The Adobe Flash Player, formerly known as Macromedia Flash Player is
the standard for delivering high-impact and rich web content. Designs, animation,
and application user interfaces are deployed immediately across all browsers
and platforms, attracting and engaging users with a rich web experience.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gdjoc"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 8/06</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 8/06 release.</para><sect2 id="gdjoe"><title>OpenSSL 0.9.8a</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 8/06 release.</para><para>OpenSSL 0.9.7d is upgraded to the stable OpenSSL 0.9.8a version. Some
of the major changes in this version include:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>DTLS support</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Implementation of SHA-224/-256/-384/-512</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Re-implementation of big numbers (BIGNUM) support</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>New STORE type as a common interface to certificates and key
stores</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>IPv6 support for certificate extensions</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdjne"><title>Migration of Existing EMEA, Central and South American
Locales to Common Locale Data Repository</title><para>This language support enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 8/06
release.</para><para>The locale data for existing European and Middle East and African (EMEA),
Central and South American, and Oceania locales has been migrated to Common
Locale Data Repository (CLDR) 1.3. This migration improves locale data quality
and ensures consistency of locale data across code sets.</para><para>For more information about CLDR, see <ulink url="http://unicode.org/cldr" type="url"></ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdjns"><title><command>hostname</command> Command</title><para>This system administration tool enhancement is new in the Solaris Express
8/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <command>hostname</command> command
has been re-implemented as a stand-alone binary executable program.  The <command>hostname</command>  command has also been enhanced with <olink targetdoc="refman3a" targetptr="getopt-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>getopt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> support to detect and reject
invalid command-line options.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdjpa"><title>Zone Unique Identifier</title><para>This system administration tool enhancement is new in the Solaris Express
8/06 release.</para><para>The Solaris system automatically attaches a globally unique identifier
to each non-global zone when the zone is installed. This identifier can be
retrieved both in the global zone and in the non-global zone by use of the <command>zoneadm list <option>p</option></command> command. Users can utilize the zone
unique identifier for asset tracking by treating the zone as an asset by itself.
This identifier can also be used for identification of zones across the following
actions:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Moving of zones.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Renaming zones.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>All events that do not involve destruction of zone contents.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zoneadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zoneadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdmbz"><title>Ability to Mark Zones as &ldquo;Incomplete&rdquo;</title><para>This system administration tool enhancement is new in the Solaris Express
8/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, users can mark zones as &ldquo;incomplete&rdquo;
using a new <command>zoneadm</command> feature. This new <command>zoneadm</command> feature
enables the recording of a fatal or permanent zone failure state by administrative
software that updates the zone contents.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zoneadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zoneadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdjpp"><title>Changes to How <literal>$TERM</literal> Value for
Console is Set</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Solaris Express
8/06 release.</para><para>The <literal>$TERM</literal> value is dynamically derived and depends
on the terminal emulator that the console is using.</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>On SPARC based systems the <literal>$TERM</literal> value
is as follows:</para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>sun-color</literal></term><listitem><para>If the system uses the kernel's terminal emulator</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>sun</literal></term><listitem><para>If the system uses the PROM's terminal emulator</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</listitem><listitem><para>On x86 based systems, the <literal>$TERM</literal> value is <literal>sun-color</literal> because the kernel's terminal emulator is always used.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetptr="gbvxz" remap="internal">Coherent Console</olink> in the Solaris
Express 3/06 release</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>&ldquo;Managing Terminals and Modems&rdquo; in the <olink targetdoc="sysadv2" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Advanced Administration</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><note><para>This change does not impact how the terminal type is set for the
serial port. You can still  use the <command>svccfg</command> command to modify
the $TERM value.</para>
</note>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdjpl"><title>Solaris Zones Boot Enhancements</title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 8/06
release.</para><para>Solaris Zones Boot Enhancements  now support boot arguments as part
of <command>boot</command> and <command>reboot</command>. The following boot
arguments are supported at this time:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><option>m</option> <userinput>&lt;smf_options></userinput></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><option>i</option> <userinput>&lt;/path/to/init/></userinput></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><option>s</option></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>Boot arguments can be passed in the following ways:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><command>global# zoneadm -z myzone boot -- -m verbose</command></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><command>global# zoneadm -z myzone reboot -- -m  verbose</command></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><command>myzone# reboot -- -m verbose</command></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>Boot arguments can also be persistently specified by using the new <literal>bootargs</literal> property in the <command>zonecfg</command> command:</para><para><command>zonecfg:myzone> set bootargs="-m verbose"</command></para><para>This setting will be applied unless overridden by the <command>reboot</command>, <command>zoneadm boot</command> or <command>zoneadm reboot</command> commands.</para><para>For more information on boot arguments and the <literal>bootargs</literal> property,
see:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zoneadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zoneadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdjpq" arch="x86"><title>Solaris Audio Driver for Ultra 20 M2 Workstation</title><para>This driver is new in the Solaris Express 8/06 release.</para><para>The <literal>audiohd</literal> driver is a Solaris High Definition audio
driver for the Ultra 20 M2 Workstation. This new driver enables users to play &ldquo;high
definition&rdquo; audio in the Ultra 20 M2 platform.</para><para>For more information, see the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>audiohd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdjpn"><title><command>ld</command> Link Editor for Object Files</title><para>This developer tool enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 8/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the behavior of the <command>ld</command> command
when creating a new version of an existing output file has been changed. This
change addresses a long-term issue with the way new linker output files interact
with running programs that are simultaneously using the old versions of those
files.</para><para>If the file being created by <command>ld</command> already exists, the
existing file is unlinked after all input files have been processed. A new
file with the specified name is then created. This behavior enables the <command>ld</command> command to create a new version of the file, while simultaneously
allowing existing processes that are accessing the old file contents to continue
running. If the old file has no other links, the disk space of the file is
freed when the last process referencing the file terminates.</para><para>In releases prior to Solaris Express 8/06, the existing file was not
unlinked, and was instead over-written. However, this approach had the potential
to corrupt any running processes that were using the file.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="ld-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ld</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page.</para><note><para>The new behavior of the <command>ld</command> command has an implication
for output files that have multiple hard links in the file system. Previously,
all links would remain intact, with all links accessing the new file contents.
The new <command>ld</command> behavior &ldquo;breaks&rdquo; such links, with
the result that only the specified output file name references the new file.
All the other  links continue to reference the old file. To ensure consistent
behavior on any Solaris version, applications that rely on multiple hard links
to linker output files should explicitly remove and re-link the other file
names.</para>
</note>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdjqq"><title>Support for iSCSI Target Devices</title><para>This file system enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 8/06 release.</para><para>This Solaris release provides support for iSCSI target devices, which
can be disk or tape devices. Releases prior to Solaris Express 8/06 provided
support for iSCSI initiators. The advantage of setting up Solaris iSCSI targets
is that, existing fibre channel devices can be connected to clients without
the cost of fibre channel HBAs. In addition, systems with dedicated arrays
can now export replicated storage with ZFS or UFS file systems.</para><para>You can use the <command>iscsitadm</command> command to set up and manage
your iSCSI target devices. For the disk device that you select as your iSCSI
target, you'll need to provide an equivalently sized ZFS or UFS file system
as the backing store for the iSCSI daemon.</para><para>After the target device is set up, use the <command>iscsiadm</command> command
to identify your iSCSI targets, which will discover and use the iSCSI target
device.</para><para>For more information, see:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="iscsiadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsiadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsitadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sagdfs" targetptr="fmvcd" remap="external">Chapter 14, <citetitle remap="chapter">Configuring Solaris iSCSI Targets and Initiators (Tasks),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdjqj"><title><command>zfs snapshot</command> Command</title><para>This file system enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 8/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, a new flag, <option>r</option>, has been
added to the <command>zfs snapshot</command> command. The new flag enables
system administrators to take many snapshots at once. Using the <option>r</option> flag,
is easier than running multiple <command>zfs snapshot</command> commands and
execution time is lessened.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zfs-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdjod"><title>Solaris iSCSI Initiator</title><para>This device management enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 8/06
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris iSCSI Initiator has been extended
to support the creation of multiple iSCSI sessions to different IP addresses
in the same iSCSI target portal group. This feature extends the iSCSI initiator's
MPxIO support for a large number of additional storage arrays.</para><para>In releases prior to Solaris Express 8/06, the Solaris iSCSI Initiator
supported the following actions:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Creation of multiple iSCSI sessions to many IP addresses in
different iSCSI target portal groups</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Creation of  multiple iSCSI sessions to the same IP address
in the same iSCSI target portal group</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Creation of multiple iSCSI sessions to arrays supporting iSCSI
login redirection</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information see, <olink targetdoc="sagdfs" targetptr="fmvcd" remap="external">Chapter 14, <citetitle remap="chapter">Configuring Solaris iSCSI Targets and Initiators (Tasks),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdjpv"><title>PAPI Print Commands</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 8/06 release.</para><para>The Free Standards Group (FSG) Open Printing API (PAPI) commands replace
several commonly used print commands, which include the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="cancel-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>cancel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="disable-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>disable</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="enable-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>enable</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="lp-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>lp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="lpstat-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="lpc-1b" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1B</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="lpq-1b" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1B</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="lpr-1b" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1B</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="lprm-1b" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1B</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="accept-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>accept</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman" targetptr="lpmove-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpmove</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="reject-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>reject</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The implementations of the Open Printing API commands are layered on
top of the Free Standards Group Open Printing API in the Solaris OS. This
implementation enables the commands to run on top of multiple protocols or
services.</para><para>Some advantages of the new print command implementations include the
following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Improved consistency between desktop applications and command-line
interfaces</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Multiple print protocols and service support from the command
line</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Internet Print Protocol (IPP) client-side support for improved
interoperability with Linux, Mac OS X, and other IPP-based print services</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Enhanced remote capability and data when using IPP between
print client and server</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The capability to disable network services and retain access
to local printers</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information about the PAPI print commands, see the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="group-sa" targetptr="gdkmc" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">PAPI Client Print Command Implementation</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Solaris Printing</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para>OpenSolaris Printing Community web pages at <ulink url="http://opensolaris.org/os/community/printing/projects/papi_client_commands/" type="url"></ulink> </para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdkjc"><title>Enhancements to <command>fstyp</command> Command</title><para>The following enhancements to the <command>fstyp</command> command are
new in the Solaris Express 8/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the <command>fstyp</command> command has
a new option, <option>a</option>, which displays the file system attributes
in a consistent, name-value pair format. This command also supports DOS logical
drive numbers. For example:</para><screen># fstyp /dev/dsk/c0t0d0p0:1</screen><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="fstyp-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstyp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para><para>The following <command>fstyp</command> enhancements are also available
starting with this release:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Most of the <command>fstyp</command> functionality is now
available to applications as a library API. For more information, see the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>libfstyp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3LIB</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page and the <literal>3FSTYP</literal> man page section.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The <command>fstyp</command> script is now a binary that calls
into <citerefentry><refentrytitle>libfstyp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3LIB</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page and the <literal>3FSTYP</literal> man page section.
 Existing <filename>/usr/lib/fs/*/fstyp</filename> back ends have been converted
to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>libfstyp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3LIB</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page and the <literal>3FSTYP</literal> modules<filename> /usr/lib/fs/*/fstyp.so.1</filename>. The <filename>/usr/lib/fs/*/fstyp</filename> back ends are still
available as links to <filename>/usr/sbin/fstyp</filename>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>For backward compatibility, <command>fstyp</command> calls
a legacy back end if an <filename>fstyp.so.1</filename> module is not found.
Vendors are encouraged to convert their back ends to the new interface. For
more information, see <literal>fstyp_mod_init(3FSTYP)</literal>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdlof"><title>Sun Java Web Console Changes</title><para>The Sun Java Web Console provides a common location for users to work
with web-based management applications. Users access the console by logging
in through an HTTPS port, using one of several supported web browsers. The
single entry point that is provided by the console eliminates having to learn
URLs for multiple applications. The console provides authentication and authorization
services for all applications that are registered with the console.</para><para>All console-based applications conform to the same user interface guidelines. The Sun Java Web Console also provides auditing
and logging services for all registered applications.</para><para>Starting with the Solaris Express 8/06 release, the Sun Java Web Console
includes the following changes:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The console server is configured to run as a service that
is managed by the Service Management Facility (SMF).  SMF commands can now
be used to manage the console web server by using the Fault Managed Resource
Identifier (FMRI) &ldquo;<filename>system/webconsole:console</filename>.&rdquo;
The <command>smcwebserver</command> command can also be used to start, stop,
enable, and disable the console server, as in previous Solaris 10 releases.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="smcwebserver-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smcwebserver</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para>A new command, <command>wcadmin</command>, is used to configure
console properties. The command is also used to deploy and enable console
applications that are written for the new version of the console. The <command>smreg</command> command, which was previously used to perform similar tasks, is
now used only to register and unregister the applications that were developed
for previous versions of the console.</para><para>For more information, see
the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="smreg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smreg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>wcadmin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry>man
pages.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see &ldquo;Java Web Console&rdquo; in <olink targetdoc="sysadv1" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Basic Administration</citetitle></olink>.</para><note><para>Starting with the Solaris Express 4/06, the Solaris ZFS web-based
management tool is available in the Sun Java Web Console. This tool enables
you to perform most of the administration tasks that you can perform with
the command-line interface (CLI).</para><para>For more information about using
the Solaris ZFS web-based management tool, see the <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</note>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gdarx"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 7/06</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 7/06 release.</para><sect2 id="gdarm"><title>Ability to Validate a Non-Global Zone Migration Before
the Migration Is Performed</title><para>This system resources enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 7/06
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, a zone migration dry run is performed before
the actual non-global zone migration. The <literal>zoneadm detach</literal> subcommand
can now generate a <literal>manifest</literal> on a running zone without actually
detaching the zone. The <literal>zoneadm attach</literal> subcommand can then
read this <literal>manifest</literal> and verify that the target machine has
the correct configuration to host the zone without actually doing an attach.</para><para>For more information about procedures for migrating a non-global zone
to a different machine and performing a dry run before the actual move, see
the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zoneadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zoneadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>&ldquo;Migrating A Non-Global Zone to a Different Machine&rdquo;
in the <olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdaro"><title>Mailbox Size Enhancement</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 7/06 release.</para><para>The <literal>mail.local</literal> program delivers mail on the Solaris
OS. In releases prior to Solaris Express 7/06, the mail client could support
a maximum mailbox size of 2,147,483,647 bytes (or 2Gbytes - 1). This limitation
has been removed. Now the mailbox size can be as large as any other Solaris
supported file system.</para><para>For more information about <literal>mail.local</literal>, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="mail.local-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mail.local</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdaqk"><title>Exclusive Link-Based Failure Detection for IPMP Singleton</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 7/06 release.</para><para>Some sites use single-interface IP Multipathing (IPMP) groups in environments
that cannot support probe-based network failure detection. Starting with this
release, these sites can successfully deploy Solaris IPMP.</para><para>For more information about IPMP, see <olink targetdoc="sysadv3" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: IP Services</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdars"><title>Runtime Linker Configuration File</title><para>This developer tool enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 7/06 release.</para><para>Runtime linker configuration files are created and managed with the <command>crle</command> command. These configuration files are used to alter default
options for the Solaris runtime linker. In releases prior to Solaris Express
7/06, the runtime linker configuration files would encounter problems when
used on AMD64 platforms. Starting with this release, the format of the runtime
linker configuration files has been improved to resolve these problems. This
improved format enables better file identification and ensures that the runtime
linker does not use a configuration file generated on an incompatible platform.</para><para>Linker configuration files contain platform-specific binary data. A
given configuration file can be interpreted by software with the same machine
class and byte ordering. However, in releases prior to Solaris Express 7/06,
the information necessary to enforce this restriction was not included in
the linker configuration files.</para><para>Starting with this release, linker configuration files contain system
identification information at the  beginning  of  the  file. This additional
information is used by the <command>crle</command> command and the runtime
linker to check the compatibility with linking configuration files. This information
also allows the <command>file</command> command to properly identify linking
configuration files. For backward compatibility, older linker configuration
files will still be accepted but without the identification and error checks
that are now available. When the update (<option>u</option>) option is used
on an older linker configuration file that lacks the system information, the <command>crle</command> command does not add system information to the result.</para><para>For more information, see the following man pages:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="ld.so.1-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ld.so.1</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="crle-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>crle</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="file-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>file</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdaqm"><title>Solaris Fibre Channel Host-Based Logical Unit Number
Masking</title><para>This device management enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 7/06
release.</para><para>The Solaris fibre channel logical unit number (LUN) masking feature
enables system administrators to prevent the kernel from creating device nodes
for specific unapproved LUNs.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="fp-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7d</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdaqu"><title>Solaris Trusted Extensions</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 7/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris Trusted Extensions software
provides multilevel security for the Solaris OS, including mandatory access
control for the following:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Files</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>File systems</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Processes</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Removable devices</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Networking</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Desktop environments</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Printing</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The Solaris Trusted Extensions software also provides tools for the
following actions:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Defining policies</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Setting up sensitivity labels</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Performing trusted system management</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The Solaris Trusted Extensions feature enables you to define your data
access policies to control information in a flexible but highly secure manner.
Solaris Trusted Extensions can be used as a configuration option for the Solaris
OS.</para><para>For more information about Solaris Trusted Extensions, see the README
and html files in the <filename>ExtraValue/Cobundled/tx</filename> directory.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdawi"><title>Network Services Startup</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 7/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the generic installation has been changed.
This change ensures that all network services, except ssh, are either disabled
or restricted to respond to local requests only. The change to the generic
installation also minimizes potential vulnerabilities that might be targeted
by remote attackers.</para><para>Additionally, the network services startup feature enables customers
to use only those services that they require. All of the affected services
are controlled by the Service Management Framework (SMF). Any individual service
can be enabled using the <command>sycadm</command> and <command>syccfg</command> commands.
The <command>netservices</command> command can be used to switch the service
startup behavior.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdaqp"><title>Gnome 2.14</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 7/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Java DS includes the new Gnome 2.14
desktop. The Gnome 2.14 desktop introduces new features and enhances the performance
of many of the commonly used applications.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdarb"><title>Evince PDF and PostScript Viewer</title><para>This desktop tools enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 7/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Evince PDF and PostScript Viewer has
been added to the Java DS.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdarf"><title>Firefox 1.5</title><para>This browser enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 7/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, Firefox 1.5 has been added to the Java DS
and will now be the default browser.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdary"><title>Thunderbird 1.5</title><para>This email enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 7/06 Release.</para><para>Starting with this release, Thunderbird 1.5 has been added to the Java
DS and will now be the default email client.</para><note><para>The email client Evolution is still included in the Java DS.</para>
</note>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdatc"><title>Upgrading the Solaris OS When Non-Global Zones Are
Installed</title><para>This installation enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 7/06 release.</para><para>The Solaris Zones feature provides the ability to configure non-global
zones in a single instance of Solaris, the global zone. A non-global zone
is an application execution environment in which processes are isolated from
all other zones.  If you are running a system with non-global zones installed,
you can upgrade to the Solaris 7/06 release using, either the Solaris interactive
installation program or custom JumpStart to upgrade. For details about using
the Solaris interactive installation program, see the <olink targetdoc="solinstallupg" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Installation Guide:  Solaris Live Upgrade and Upgrade Planning</citetitle></olink>. The
process of upgrading with non-global zones installed has some limitations.</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>A limited number of custom JumpStart keywords is supported.</para><para>For a list of supported custom JumpStart keywords, see the <olink targetdoc="solinstalladv" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Installation Guide: Custom JumpStart and Advanced Installations</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>You must use the Solaris Operating System DVD or a DVD-created
 network installation image. You cannot use the Solaris Software  CD media
or a CD network installation image to upgrade a system. </para><para>For more
information , see Installing With the Solaris Installation Program (Tasks),
in <olink targetdoc="solarisinstall" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Installation Guide: Basic Installations</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>On a system with non-global zones installed, do not use Solaris
Live Upgrade  to upgrade your system. While you can create a boot environment
with  the <command>lucreate</command> command, the <command>luupgrade</command> command
cannot upgrade a boot environment that has non-global zones installed. In
that case, the upgrade fails and an error message is displayed.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gddxx"><title>The ZFS File System</title><para>The following file system enhancements are new in the Solaris Express
7/06 release.</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS Double Parity RAID</emphasis> -
ZFS pools can be created using double parity RAID known as &ldquo;raidz2&rdquo;.
Each raidz2 stripe within the pool can sustain up to two simultaneous failures
without losing data.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zpool-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS Clone Promotion</emphasis> - ZFS
clones can be &ldquo;promoted&rdquo; to the active head of the original file
system from which the snapshot was taken. The ZFS clone promotion feature
enables the original file system and the snapshot to be deleted while preserving
the clone as an active file system. In releases prior to Solaris Express 7/06,
a snapshot could not be deleted while the clone still existed.</para><para>For
more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zfs-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS Hot-Spare Support</emphasis> -
ZFS supports the use of hot-spares within a pool. A device within a pool fails
when it is removed from the system. The failed device will be automatically
replaced by an available hot-spare. When the original failed device is usable
again, the spare device is returned to the pool of available hot-spares.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zpool-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information about the ZFS file system, see <olink targetptr="gcwra" remap="internal">ZFS Command Improvements and Changes</olink>.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gcuup"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 6/06</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 6/06 release.</para><sect2 id="gcujv"><title>IPsec Policy Bypass Option While Running the <command>ping</command> Command</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/06 release.</para><para>In this release, the <option>b</option> option has been added to the <command>ping</command> command. This option enables administrators to bypass global
IPsec policy for a specified ping connection.</para><para>The IPsec policy bypass option enables isolating network issues from
IPsec policy issues without changing or disabling global IPsec rules. Because,
this option only affects the specified ping socket, encrypted and clear text
pings can be run simultaneously. Only superuser or a user granted suitable
privileges can use the IPsec policy bypass option.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="ping-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcuvp"><title>Extended File Descriptor Limits For <command>stdio</command></title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/06
release.</para><para>The Extended file descriptor limits for <command>stdio</command> feature
removes the 256 FILE structure limitation on 32-bit Solaris processes. This
feature provides both binary relief and programmatic interfaces.</para><itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the following man pages:</para><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman5" targetptr="extendedfile-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>extendedFILE</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman3a" targetptr="enable-extended-file-stdio-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>enable_extended_FILE_stdio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman3a" targetptr="fopen-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fopen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman3a" targetptr="fdopen-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdopen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman3a" targetptr="popen-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>popen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman3a" targetptr="stdio-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>stdio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcupv"><title>Cloning Non-Global Zones With ZFS Zonepaths and Other
ZFS Enhancements</title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/06
release.</para><para>The <command>zoneadm clone</command> command now automatically uses
ZFS clone to clone a zone, when both the source and the target zonepaths reside
on ZFS and are in the same pool.</para><para>The <command>zoneadm clone</command> command takes a ZFS snapshot of
the source zonepath and sets up the target zonepath. The snapshot is named
 SUNWzone<emphasis>X</emphasis>, where <emphasis>X</emphasis> is a unique
ID which is used to distinguish between multiple snapshots. The destination
 zone's zonepath is used to name the ZFS clone. A software inventory is performed
so that a snapshot used at a future time can be validated by the system. </para><para>Note that you can still specify that the ZFS zonepath be copied instead
of ZFS cloned if desired.</para><para>To clone a source zone multiple times, a new parameter added to <command>zoneadm</command> command allows you to specify that an existing snapshot should
be used. The system validates that the existing snapshot is usable on the
target.</para><para>The zone installation process now has  the capability to detect when
a ZFS file system can be created for a zone. The process for uninstalling
a zone can detect when a ZFS file system in a zone can be destroyed. These
steps are then performed automatically by <command>zoneadm</command>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcwpr"><title>MDI Enabling and Disabling of a Path</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 6/06
release.</para><para>The MDI enabling and disabling functionality provides a path management
mechanism to enable or disable a path for a target device. These new interfaces
to MDI provide a user to enable or disable the path from a pHCI to a target-address
and a client service address (LUN address in case of <literal>scsi_vhci</literal>).
This feature can be used by diagnostic applications to ensure that no user
I/O is routed on the path on which diagnostic operations are being performed.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="mpathadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mpathadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page. See also <citetitle>Multipathing
Administration Guide</citetitle>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcwpy"><title><literal>SIGEV_THREAD</literal> Event Notification</title><para>This language support enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/06
release.</para><para>The <literal>SIGEV_THREAD</literal> Event Notification feature implements
the POSIX-specified <literal>SIGEV_THREAD</literal> notification mechanism.
The <literal>SIGEV_THREAD</literal> notification mechanism calls a user-specified
function in the context of a separate thread when an event occurs.</para><para>This feature also extends the implementation of the existing <literal>SIGEV_PORT</literal> notification mechanism to message queues. This extension enables
uniform application of all Solaris-supported notification mechanisms to all
interfaces that accept a <literal>sigevent</literal> structure to request
asynchronous notification. The following Solaris notification mechanisms are
supported:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>SIGEV_NONE</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>SIGEV_SIGNAL</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>SIGEV_THREAD</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>SIGEV_PORT</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information about the asynchronous notification mechanisms,
see the <olink targetdoc="refman3f" targetptr="signal.h-3head" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>signal.h</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3HEAD</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcvde" arch="x86"><title>Uncacheable Memory Access Support</title><para>This system performance enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/06
release.</para><para>On x86 and AMD64 architectures, modern graphics controller cards, such
as <literal>NVIDIA</literal> or <literal>AGP</literal> require a mechanism
to access uncacheable memory to enhance performance. The uncacheable memory
access enables these graphic controller cards to keep coherency on the system
with performance gain.</para><para>The uncacheable memory access support feature provides this functionality
by using the <literal>ddi</literal> interfaces.</para><itemizedlist><para>The following memory type are supported:</para><listitem><para>Uncacheable (UC)</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Write-combining (WC)</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the following man pages:</para><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman9f" targetptr="ddi-dma-mem-alloc-9f" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ddi_dma_mem_alloc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>9F</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman9f" targetptr="devmap-devmem-setup-9f" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>devmap_devmem_setup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>9F</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcwqz"><title>Predictive Self-Healing for PCI Express on x64 Systems</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 6/06
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS includes a set of predictive
self-healing features to automatically capture and diagnose hardware errors
detected on your system.</para><para>The Solaris Fault Manager automatically diagnoses failures in x64 hardware.
Diagnostic messages are reported by the <literal>fmd</literal> daemon.</para><itemizedlist><para>For more information about Fault Management in Solaris, see the following:</para><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="fmd-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fmd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.sun.com/msg" type="url">http://www.sun.com/msg/</ulink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://opensolaris.org/os/community/fm/" type="url">http://opensolaris.org/os/community/fm/</ulink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcwqi"><title>Default Desktop Session in <literal>dtlogin</literal></title><para>This desktop enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/06 release.</para><para>Now, when a user logs into the Solaris Desktop for the first time, Java Desktop System (JDS) is the default desktop environment instead
of the Common Desktop Environment (CDE). JDS has also become the default environment
for users who chose a desktop environment on an older Solaris release that
is no longer present in the Solaris release, such as <trademark>OpenWindows</trademark> or
GNOME 2.0.</para><para>System administrators can modify the <literal>dtlogin</literal> configuration
to override the default choices by using the <literal>defaultDt</literal> and <literal>fallbackDt</literal> resources.</para><para>For more information about <literal>defualtDt</literal> and <literal>fallbackDt</literal> resources, see the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dtlogin</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry>man page.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gdkje"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 5/06</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 5/06 release.</para><sect2 id="gcoqm"><title>Support for Descriptive Names for Metadevices and
Hot-spare Pools</title><para>This system performance enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 5/06
release.</para><para>The rules for defining names for metadevices and hot-spare pools have
been extended to allow the use of alphanumeric characters. Previously, names
for metadevices were restricted to the form &ldquo;dXXX&rdquo;, while hot-spare
pools had to use the form &ldquo;hspYYY&rdquo;.</para><para>For more information about the acceptable names for metadevices and
hot-spare pools, see the <olink targetdoc="logvolmgradmin" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Volume Manager Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gdjpt"><title>File System Monitoring Tool (<command>fsstat</command>)</title><para>A new file system monitoring tool, <command>fsstat</command>, is available
to report file system operations. Activity can be reported by mount point
or by file system type.</para><para>The following <command>fsstat</command> example shows how to display
all ZFS file system operations.</para><screen>$ <userinput>fsstat zfs</userinput>
 new  name   name  attr  attr lookup rddir  read read  write write
 file remov  chng   get   set    ops   ops   ops bytes   ops bytes
8.26K  240K 6.34K 4.03M 6.33K  12.6M  482K  204K 1.24G 13.4K  363M zfs</screen><para>The following <command>fsstat</command> example shows how to display
file system operations for the <filename>/export/home</filename> mount point.</para><screen>$ <userinput>fsstat /export/home</userinput>
 new  name   name  attr  attr lookup rddir  read read  write write
 file remov  chng   get   set    ops   ops   ops bytes   ops bytes
    0     0     0   972     0    224    22     0     0     0     0 /export/home</screen><para>The following <command>fsstat</command> example illustrates how to display
file system operations for all file system types.</para><screen>$ <userinput>fsstat -F</userinput>
 new  name   name  attr  attr lookup rddir  read read  write write
 file remov  chng   get   set    ops   ops   ops bytes   ops bytes
1.71K 1.16K    37  371K   562  1.90M 1.04K  151K  142M 21.9K 55.3M ufs
    0     0     0 1.60K     0  2.93K   344 1.30K  761K     0     0 proc
    0     0     0     0     0      0     0     0     0     0     0 nfs
8.31K  240K 6.37K 4.04M 6.48K  12.6M  482K  204K 1.25G 13.7K  365M zfs
   29    12    12 37.4K     8  22.5K    28 1.04K 2.34M   120 76.1K lofs
10.8K 4.72K 5.43K 54.6K    49  19.8K    28  173K  610M  513K  487M tmpfs
    0     0     0   338     0      0     0    44 12.2K     0     0 mntfs
    1     1     1   429     1  14.3K   115 1.34K 1002K     0     0 nfs3
   12     6     9   150     0    442    30    91 3.32M    12 69.2K nfs4
    1     0     1 20.8K     0  20.5K     0     0     0     0     0 autofs</screen><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="fsstat-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcorh"><title><literal>useradd</literal> Default Shell</title><para>These security enhancements are new in the Solaris Express 5/06 release.</para><itemizedlist><para>In this release, the following new options have been added to the <command>useradd <option>D</option></command> utility:</para><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">-s</emphasis> option. Enables the
user to change the default shell.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">-k</emphasis> option. Enables the
user to change the default <filename>skel</filename> directory.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">-b</emphasis> option. Enables the
user to change the base directory.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="useradd-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>useradd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcoqu"><title>ZFS Pool Import Destroyed Pools</title><para>This file system enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 5/06 release.</para><para>In this release, the <command>zpool</command> command can now reimport
previously destroyed pools that still have their data intact.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zpool-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para><para>For more information about the ZFS file system, see <olink targetptr="gcwra" remap="internal">ZFS Command Improvements and Changes</olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcoqz"><title>Configurable Privileges for Non-Global Zones</title><para>These system resources enhancements are new in the Solaris Express 5/06
release.</para><para>The <command>zonecfg</command> command can now be used to specify the
set of privileges that processes are limited to in a non-global zone.</para><itemizedlist><para>You can do the following:</para><listitem><para>Augment the default set of privileges with the understanding
that such changes might allow processes in one zone to affect processes in
other zones  by being able to control a global resource.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Create a zone with fewer privileges than the default, safe
set.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><itemizedlist><para>Note the following:</para><listitem><para>Non-global zones are still booted with the standard set of
safe  privileges by default.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>There is a set of privileges that cannot be removed from the
zone's  privilege set, and another set of privileges that cannot be included
in the  zone's privilege set.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><itemizedlist><para>For more information about configuring privileges for zones and zone
privilege restrictions, see:</para><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcoqs"><title><literal>SO_TIMESTAMP</literal> Socket Option</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 5/06 release.</para><para>The <literal>SO_TIMESTAMP</literal> option enables or disables the reception
of a timestamp with datagram. If the <literal>SO_TIMESTAMP</literal> option
is enabled on a <literal>SOCK_DGRAM</literal> or <literal>SOCK_RAW</literal> socket,
the <literal>recvmsg(2)</literal> call returns a timestamp in the native data
format, corresponding to when the datagram was received.</para><itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the following man pages:</para><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman3b" targetptr="setsockopt-3xnet" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>setsockopt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3XNET</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman3b" targetptr="getsockopt-3xnet" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>getsockopt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3XNET</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman3b" targetptr="recvmsg-3xnet" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>recvmsg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3XNET</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcimd"><title>NFSv4 Domain Name Configurable During Installation</title><para>This system administration feature is new the Solaris Express 5/06 release.</para><para>The NFS version 4 domain can now be defined during the installation
of the OS. To facilitate this new functionality, the <command>sysidnfs4</command> program
runs during the installation process to determine whether an NFSv4 domain
has been configured for the network. In previous Solaris 10 releases, the
NFS domain name was defined during the first system reboot after installation.</para><itemizedlist><para>The NFSv4 domain can now be defined as follows:</para><listitem><para>If you are using the Solaris interactive installation  program,
you can choose the default, which automatically derives the NFSv4 domain name.
Or, you can specify a different NFSv4 domain.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>If you are using the <trademark>Solaris JumpStart</trademark> program,
a new keyword is available in the <filename>sysidcfg</filename> file. You
can now assign a value for the NFSv4 domain by using the new keyword, <literal>nfs4_domain</literal>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><informaltable frame="topbot"><tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0"><colspec colwidth="50*"/><colspec colwidth="50*"/><tbody><row><entry><para>For information about the NFSv4 domain name configuration</para>
</entry><entry><para><olink targetdoc="sysadv4" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Network Services</citetitle></olink></para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry><para>For information about Solaris interactive installations</para>
</entry><entry><para><citetitle>Solaris 10 11/06 Installation Guide: Basic Installations</citetitle></para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry><para>For information about Solaris network installations</para>
</entry><entry><para><citetitle>Solaris 10 11/06 Installation Guide: Network-Based Installations</citetitle></para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry><para>For information about Custom JumpStart installations</para>
</entry><entry><para><citetitle>Solaris 10 11/06 Installation Guide: Custom JumpStart and
Advanced Installations</citetitle></para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry><para>For information about the <literal>sysid</literal> command tools</para>
</entry><entry><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="sysidtool-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysidtool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="sysidnfs4-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysidnfs4</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcpgh"><title>Using DTrace in a Non-Global Zone</title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 5/06
release.</para><para>DTrace can now be used in a non-global zone when the <literal>dtrace_proc</literal> and <literal>dtrace_user</literal> privileges are assigned to the zone. DTrace providers
and actions are limited in scope to the zone. With the <literal>dtrace_proc</literal> privilege, <literal>fasttrap</literal> and <literal>pid</literal> providers can be used.  With
the <literal>dtrace_user</literal> privilege, 'profile' and 'syscall' providers
can be used.</para><para>You can add these privileges to the set of privileges available in the
non-global zone by using the <literal>limitpriv</literal> property of the <command>zonecfg</command> command.</para><para><olink targetptr="gcoqz" remap="internal">Configurable Privileges for Non-Global Zones</olink> provides
an overview of privileges in a non-global zone.</para><itemizedlist><para>For more information about zone configuration, specifying zone privileges,
and using the DTrace utility, see:</para><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><citetitle>Solaris Dynamic Tracing Guide</citetitle></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="dtrace-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dtrace</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcqfh" arch="sparc" wordsize="bits64"><title>Extended Message Signaled
Interrupt Support for Fire-based Platforms</title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 5/06
release.</para><para>Extended Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI-X) are an enhanced version
of MSI interrupts. With MSI-X support, device driver writers have a choice
between MSI and MSI-X interrupts. MSI-X interrupts are now supported on SPARC
PCI-Experss platforms (Ultra 45 and Sun Fire T2000). </para><para>The new mdb/kmdb debugger command, <command>::interrupts</command>,
is also provided to retrieve a device's registered interrupt information on
supported SPARC and x86 systems.</para><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="driver" targetptr="interrupt-15678" remap="external">Chapter 8, <citetitle remap="chapter">Interrupt Handlers,</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">Writing Device Drivers</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcrhn"><title>IPsec Kernel Module Error Logging</title><para>These system administration enhancements are new in the Solaris Express
5/06 release.</para><para>Starting with this release, all IPsec kernel module policy failures
and other errors will be logged using the <function>ipsec_rl_strlog</function> function.
The <function>ipsec_rl_strlog</function> function also has the ability to
limit number of error messages sent to the system log. This ability prevents
the system log from being overloaded.</para><para>The minimum interval between messages can be viewed or configured using
the <command>ndd</command> command:</para><screen># ndd -get /dev/ip ipsec_policy_log_interval </screen><para>The value returned is in milliseconds.</para><para>The <literal>ipsec_policy_log_interval</literal> now consolidates all
IPsec-related error logging into a single function. This function also enables
administrators to completely disable the error logging, as follows:</para><screen># ndd -set /dev/ip ipsec_policy_log_interval 0</screen><note><para>After rebooting the system, you need to disable the IPsec logging
again.</para>
</note>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcpsw"><title>iSCSI Logout Support</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 5/06
release.</para><para>The iSCSI log out support feature allows a user to logout from an iSCSI
target without rebooting the host. When a user tries to remove or disable
a discovery method or address and the target is not in use, the target logs
out and cleans up all related resources. If the target is in use, the discovery
address or method remains enabled and the <emphasis>logical unit in use</emphasis> message
is logged. This feature introduces a new behavior to safely log out of unused
devices without rebooting the host.</para><itemizedlist><para>The following commands can be used to apply this feature:</para><listitem><para><command>iscsiadm modify discovery -[tsi] disable</command></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><command>iscsiadm remove discovery-address</command></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><command>iscsiadm remove static-config</command></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><command>iscsiadm remove isns-server</command></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>A user is no longer required to reboot a host when an attached iSCSI
storage is removed from the host.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="iscsiadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsiadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page. See also <olink targetdoc="sagdfs" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcpsm"><title>iSCSI MS/T Support</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 5/06
release.</para><para>The iSCSI Multiple Session per Target (MS/T) support feature enables
a user to create more iSCSI session or paths to a target as needed. The additional
iSCSI paths provide higher bandwidth aggregation and availability in specific
configurations. The iSCSI MS/T support feature should be used in combination
with MPxIO or other multipathing software.</para><itemizedlist><para>The new <literal>iscsiadm</literal> commands are as follows:</para><listitem><para><command>iscsiadm modify initiator-node -c <replaceable>number
of sessions</replaceable></command></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><command>iscsiadm modify target-param -c <replaceable>number
of sessions</replaceable></command></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The iSCSI MS/T support feature enables higher bandwidth aggregation
and availability to the administrators with iSCSI arrays that support login
redirection.</para><itemizedlist><para>For more information, see:</para><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="iscsiadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsiadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sagdfs" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Solaris iSCSI Multipathing Blueprint</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>iSCSI RFC 3720 at <ulink url="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3720.txt?number=3720 " type="url">http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3720.txt?number=3720</ulink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcpso"><title>iSNS Client Support for iSCSI</title><para>This device management feature is new in the Solaris Express 5/06 release.</para><para>The Internet Storage Name Service (iSNS) client feature adds a new discovery
option to the Solaris OS iSCSI software initiator. This option enables a user
to use the iSNS to handle Internet Protocol SAN (IP-SAN) device discovery.
This is off by default and is not platform-specific. The iSNS client introduces
several <command>iscsiadm</command> command additions, modifications, and
driver changes to handle iSNS discovery.</para><para>Users who use iSCSI to build block-based IP-SAN need a scalable way
to manage device discovery and configuration for their SANs as they grow.
The iSNS client feature supports a scalable method for device discovery in
a large IP-SAN configuration that uses a minimal configuration.</para><para>For more information about the new and modified command-line options,
see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="iscsiadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsiadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page. See also <olink targetdoc="sagdfs" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbrwz"><title>SNIA Multipath Management API support</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 5/06
Release.</para><para>The Storage Networking Industry Association (SNIA) Multipath Management
API (MP API) defines standard interfaces for multipath devices, associated
path discovery, and path administration on a host. This feature provides Sun's
implementation of the SNIA MP API library for the <literal>scsi_vhci</literal> driver-based
multipathing solution.</para><itemizedlist><para>The SNIA MA API consists of the following components:</para><listitem><para><filename>/usr/sbin/mpathadm</filename> CLI</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><filename>/lib/libMPAPI.so</filename> common library</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><filename>/lib/libmpscsi_vhci.so</filename> plug-in for the <literal>scsi_vhci</literal> driver</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><itemizedlist><para>The following areas have been extended to support the SNIA MP API feature:</para><listitem><para>MDI</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>SCSA</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>libdevinfo</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>scsi_vhci IOCTL</literal></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>With this feature, the administrators can use the standards-based path
administration for <literal>scsi_vhci</literal> multipath devices.</para><para>For more information see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="mpathadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mpathadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="refman3f" targetptr="libmpapi-3lib" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>libMPAPI</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3LIB</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages. See also the <citetitle>Solaris Fibre Channel Storage Configuration and Multipathing Support Guide</citetitle>.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gchkw"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 4/06</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 4/06 release.</para><sect2 id="gchlb"><title>Common Agent Container</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 4/06
release.</para><para>The Common Agent Container (CAC) is a stand-alone Java program that
implements a container for Java management applications. CAC provides a management
infrastructure designed for the management functionality based on Java Management
Extensions (<trademark>JMX</trademark>) and the Java Dynamic Management Kit
(JDMK). The <literal>SUNCacaort</literal> package installs the CAC software
in the <filename>/usr/lib/cacao</filename> directory. Typically, CAC is not
visible to the user or administrator.</para><itemizedlist><para>Two occasions when an administrator might need to interact with the
container daemon are as follows:</para><listitem><para>When an application tries to use a network port that is reserved
for the CAC</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>To regenerate the CAC certificate keys when a certificate
store is compromised</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="sysadv2" targetptr="tsoverview-10750" remap="external">Chapter 14, <citetitle remap="chapter">Troubleshooting Software Problems (Overview),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Advanced Administration</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcqha"><title>Predictive Self-Healing for x64 Systems</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 4/06
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS includes a set of predictive
self-healing features to automatically capture, diagnose, and respond to hardware
errors detected on your system.</para><itemizedlist><para>The Solaris Fault Manager now provides support for CPU and Memory errors
 detected on x64 systems, including:</para><listitem><para>AMD Athlon 64 and <trademark>Opteron</trademark> CPU errors</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Northbridge and Hypertransport links errors</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>DRAM correctable, uncorrectable, and ChipKill errors</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The Solaris Fault Manager automatically diagnoses failures in x64 hardware.
The Solaris Fault Manager also attempts to automatically offline or isolate
a faulty CPU, cache, or DRAM memory region. Diagnostic messages are reported
by the <literal>fmd</literal> daemon.</para><itemizedlist><para>For more information about Fault Management in Solaris, see:</para><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="fmd-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fmd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.sun.com/msg" type="url">http://www.sun.com/msg/</ulink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://opensolaris.org/os/community/fm/" type="url">http://opensolaris.org/os/community/fm/</ulink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcqhl"><title>Predictive Self-Healing Support for SNMP Notification</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 4/06
release.</para><para>Starting with this release, the Solaris OS includes a set of predictive
self-healing features to automatically capture, diagnose, and respond to hardware
errors detected on your system. The self-healing diagnosis results are reported
to the <literal>syslogd</literal> service.</para><itemizedlist><para>The Solaris Fault Manager, <literal>fmd</literal>, now enables you to
do the following:</para><listitem><para>Publish diagnostic results through the Solaris System Management
Agent (SMA), including SNMP traps</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Search an SNMP MIB for fault management information about
each machine</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The Fault Management MIB  is located at <filename>/etc/sma/snmp/mibs/SUN-FM-MIB.mib</filename> on the Solaris system.</para><itemizedlist><para>For more information about configuring SNMP on Solaris, see:</para><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="fmd-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fmd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="syslogd-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="smaadmingd" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris System Management Agent Administration Guide</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.sun.com/msg" type="url">http://www.sun.com/msg/</ulink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gchst"><title>Java DTrace API</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 4/06
release.</para><para>The Java Dynamic Tracing (DTrace) API is an interface to the native
DTrace library. This interface provides support to develop visualization tools
written in Java. The Java DTrace API comes installed in <filename>/usr/share/lib/java/dtrace.jar</filename>. This API allows multiple consumers of DTrace data to run simultaneously
within a single Virtual Machine for the Java platform (<trademark>JVM</trademark> machine).
Each consumer of the Java DTrace API listens for probe data and enables you
to request consistent snapshots of aggregation data at any time.</para><para>For more information, see the <trademark>Javadoc</trademark> API at <filename>/usr/share/lib/java/javadoc/dtrace/api/index.html</filename>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gchsv"><title><methodname>mkdtemp()</methodname> and <methodname>mkstemps()</methodname> Library Functions</title><para>The library functions <methodname>mkdtemp()</methodname> and <methodname>mkstemps()</methodname> have been added to Solaris Express 4/06. The <methodname>mkdtemp()</methodname> function
enables creation of uniquely named directories. The <methodname>mkstemps()</methodname> function
enables creation of uniquely named files with a specific suffix.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="mkdtemp-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkdtemp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="mkstemps-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkstemps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gchtn"><title>Zone Migration in Solaris Containers Technology</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 4/06
release.</para><para>This feature enables migration of non-global zones from one machine
to another machine. The <command>zonecfg</command> and <command>zoneadm</command> commands
have been modified to enable migration of non-global zones from one system
to another. The migration procedure detaches a halted zone from its current
location and attaches the zone to a new system.</para><itemizedlist><para>The global zone on the target system must be running the following:</para><listitem><para>The same release of the OS as the original host</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The same versions of OS packages and patches as the original
host</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The zone detach process creates the information necessary to attach
the zone on a different system. The zone attach process verifies that the
new machine has the correct configuration to host the zone.</para><para>Because there are a number of ways to make the zonepath available on
the new host, the actual movement of the zonepath from one system to another
is a manual process that is performed by the global administrator.</para><note><para>When attached to the new system, the zone is in the installed
state.</para>
</note><itemizedlist><para>For more information on configuring privileges for zones and zone privilege
restrictions, see</para><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zoneadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zoneadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gchxr"><title>Sun Java Web Console</title><para>In the Solaris Express 4/06 release, an enhancement has been made to
the Sun Java Web Console feature that was introduced in the Solaris Express
10/04 release. See <olink targetptr="gbshc" remap="internal">ZFS Web-Based Management</olink></para><para>In this release, the Solaris ZFS web-based management tool is available
in the Sun Java web console.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gchtl"><title>Support for PCI Express (PCIe)</title><para>This feature has been modified in the Solaris Express 4/06 release.</para><para>This Solaris release provides support for the PCI Express (PCIe) interconnect
for both SPARC and x86 based systems.</para><itemizedlist><para>PCIe is designed to connect peripheral devices to the following applications:</para><listitem><para>Desktop</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Enterprise</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Mobile</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Communication</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Embedded</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The PCIe interconnect is an industry-standard, high-performance, serial
I/O bus. For details on PCIe technology, go to <ulink url="http://www.pcisig.com" type="url">http://www.pcisig.com</ulink>.</para><itemizedlist><para>The PCIe software provides the following features in this Solaris release:</para><listitem><para>Support for extended PCIe configuration space</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Support for PCIe baseline error handling and MSI interrupts</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Modified IEEE-1275 properties for PCIe devices</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>PCIe hotplug support (both native and ACPI-based) by enhancing
the <literal>cfgadm_pci</literal> component of the <command>cfgadm</command> command</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>ATTN Button usage-based PCIe peripheral autoconfiguration</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The following <command>cfgadm</command> example output displays the
hotpluggable PCIe devices on an x86 system. Note that this display might differ
from platform to platform. Check your hardware platform guide for the correct <command>cfgadm</command> syntax.</para><screen># <emphasis role="strong">cfgadm pci</emphasis>
Ap_Id                          Type         Receptacle   Occupant     Condition
pcie1                          unknown      empty        unconfigured unknown
pcie2                          unknown      empty        unconfigured unknown
pcie3                          unknown      empty        unconfigured unknown
pcie4                          ethernet/hp   connected    configured   ok
pcie5                          pci-pci/hp   connected    configured   ok
pcie6                          unknown      disconnected unconfigured unknown</screen><para>The administrative model for hotplugging PCIe peripherals is the same
as for PCI peripherals, which also use the <command>cfgadm</command> command.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="cfgadm-pci-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>cfgadm_pci</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page and <olink targetdoc="sagdfs" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle></olink>. Check your hardware platform guide to
ensure that PCIe and PCIe hotplug support are provided on your system. In
addition, carefully review the instructions  for physically inserting or removing
adapters on your system, and review the semantics of device auto-configuration,
if applicable.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbryh"><title>PostgreSQL for the Solaris OS</title><para>This additional software is new in the Solaris Express 4/06 release.</para><para>PostgreSQL is a relational database system provided in the open-source
community. More than 15 years of active development and a proven architecture
have earned PostgreSQL a reputation for reliability, data integrity, and accuracy.</para><para>For more information, see <ulink url="http://www.postgresql.org" type="url">http://www.postgresql.org</ulink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gclip"><title>ZFS Persistent Offline</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Solaris Express
4/06 release.</para><para>In this release, the <command>zpool offline</command> command offline
a device persistently by default. You can use the <option>t</option> option
to offline a device temporarily.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zpool-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para><para>For more information about the ZFS file system, see <olink targetptr="gcwra" remap="internal">ZFS Command Improvements and Changes</olink>.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gbyur"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 3/06</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 3/06 release.</para><sect2 id="gbyuj" wordsize="bits32"><title>The <literal>gnome-pilot</literal> Utility</title><para>This desktop feature is new in the Solaris Express 3/06 release.</para><para>The <literal>gnome-pilot</literal> utility enables Palm users to synchronize
their calendars, contacts and task lists between Evolution and their devices
on the Solaris OS. This feature also enables the Palm user to back up and
restore their devices on the Solaris Operating System (Solaris OS). The <literal>gnome-pilot</literal> feature supports synchronization with the PalmOS 4.x
and the PalmOS 5.x.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbytm"><title><literal>IP_NEXTHOP</literal> Socket Option</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 3/06 release.</para><para>The <literal>IP_NEXTHOP</literal> is a new IP-level socket option that
specifies the address of the next hop for the traffic that originates from
the socket. An application that has the <literal>IP_NEXTHOP</literal> option
set bypasses the routing table lookups on the destination and sends packets
directly to the specified <literal>onlink nexthop</literal>.</para><note><para>The thread that sets the <literal>IP_NEXTHOP</literal> option
must have the <literal>PRIV_SYS_NET_CONFIG</literal> privilege.</para>
</note>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbytt"><title>Basic Registration 1.1</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 3/06
release.</para><para>Basic Registration 1.1 enables you to create a registration profile
and ID to automate your Solaris software registrations. The software registration
user interface has been changed. The procedure for registering Solaris software
has also been changed in Basic Registration 1.1.</para><para>For more information about the software registration user interface
changes and step-by-step instructions about how to register your Solaris software,
see the <olink targetdoc="sysadv1" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Basic Administration</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbytr"><title>Sun Update Connection</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 3/06
release.</para><para><trademark class="service">Sun</trademark> Update Connection, System
Edition product now supports the default <literal>patchadd</literal> behavior
from a global zone on a system where one or more non-global zones are installed. </para><para>For more information about the Sun Update Connection suite of products,
see <ulink url="http://docs.sun.com/app/docs/coll/1320.2" type="url"></ulink>. </para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbzzn"><title>AES Counter Mode</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 3/06 release.</para><para>Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is a block cipher recommended by
the National Institute of Standard and Technology (NIST). When used in counter
mode, a counter block is encrypted and the result is XOR with a block of plain
text to produce cipher text. The counter mode is useful with block devices
because the encryption or decryption of a block does not depend upon the prior
encryption or decryption of any other block. The counter mode has been approved
by NIST. This feature is only available to kernel consumers.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman3f" targetptr="libpkcs11-3lib" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>libpkcs11</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3LIB</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbyte" arch="x86"><title>SATA HBA Framework Support</title><para>This driver is new in the Solaris Express 3/06 release.</para><para>The Serial Advanced Technology Attachment (SATA) HBA framework project
delivers a generic SATA framework for the Marvell 88SX60xx, Marvell 88SX50xx,
and the Silicon Image 3124 controllers. The new SATA HBA drivers and framework
provide native support for accessing SATA controllers and disks. These drivers
provide features, such as hot plugging and queueing of multiple commands that
are unique to SATA. These SATA drivers interface with the <literal>sd</literal> (target
disk) driver and support the <literal>sd</literal> functionality.</para><itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the following man pages:</para><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="sata-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>sata</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="cfgadm-sata-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>cfgadm_sata</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="si3124-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>si3124</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="marvell88sx-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>marvell88sx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="cfgadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>cfgadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbvxz"><title>Coherent Console</title><para>This console subsystem feature is new in the Solaris Express 3/06 release.</para><para>The coherent console feature implements a part of the kernel console
subsystem to facilitate rendering console output, The coherent console uses
the Solaris kernel mechanisms to render console output rather than Programmable
Read-Only Memory (PROM) interfaces. This reduces the console rendering dependence
on OnBoot PROM (OBP).</para><para>The coherent console uses a kernel-resident <literal>framebuffer</literal> driver
to generate console output. The generated console output is more efficient
than using OBP rendering. The coherent console also avoids idling CPUs during
SPARC console output and enhances the user experience.</para><para>For example, the coherent console increases the SPARC console text throughput
and scrolling rate and provides ANSI color.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbyys" arch="x86"><title>Xorg X Server Version 6.9</title><para>This X11 windowing feature enhancement is new in the Solaris Express
3/06 release.</para><para>The Xorg X Server for x86 and x64 platforms has been upgraded from version
6.8.2 to version 6.9 by the X.Org Foundation and the open source community.
The new version adds support for more graphics devices including new models
from ATI, XGI, VIA, and Intel. The Xorg X Server version 6.9 also adds keyboard
and mouse handling improvements, performance enhancements, and bug fixes.</para><para>For further information, see the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>Xorg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbyxs"><title>Resource Pools Service FMRIs</title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 3/06
release.</para><para>Resource pools and dynamic resource pools have been integrated into
the Solaris Service Management Framework Facility (SMF). The dynamic resource
pools are now enabled separately from the resource pools service.</para><para>The Fault Management Resource Identifier (FMRI) for dynamic resource
pools service is: <filename>svc:/system/pools/dynamic</filename>. The resource
pools service FMRI is: <filename>svc:/system/pools</filename>. The enabling
and disabling mechanisms through <command>pooladm</command> command are also
still available.</para><para>Note that when a system with pools enabled is upgraded, if an <filename>/etc/pooladm.conf</filename> file exists, the pools service is enabled.</para><itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink>. See also the following man pages:</para><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="pooladm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>pooladm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="poold-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>poold</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman5" targetptr="smf-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><olink targetdoc="refman3f" targetptr="libpool-3lib" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>libpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3LIB</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbwmz" wordsize="bits32"><title>RealPlayer for the Solaris OS</title><para>This additional software is new in the Solaris Express 3/06 release.</para><itemizedlist><para>RealPlayer enables users to access and manage digital media. RealPlayer
supports the following digital media formats:</para><listitem><para>RealAudio</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>RealVideo</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>MP3</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Ogg Vorbis and Theora</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>H263</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>AAC</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The RealPlayer feature enhances the multimedia experience for  Java
Desktop System (JDS) users.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbzdt"><title>Zero-CountryCode Keyboard Layout Support</title><para>This language support enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 3/06
release.</para><para>This feature provides a new command option <command>kbd <option>s</option> <replaceable>language</replaceable></command>. This option enables users to configure keyboard
layouts in kernel. The Zero-CountryCode keyboard layout feature is particularly
useful on SPARC systems. In prior releases, all &ldquo;non-self-ID keyboards&rdquo;
were always recognized as US layout keyboard on SPARC systems.</para><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="kbd-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbzto"><title>Using Compact Flash as ATA Disk</title><para>This system resource enhancement is new in Solaris Express 3/06 release.</para><para>Compact Flash (CF) can be used as an Advanced Technology Attachment
(ATA) disk with a CF&lt;->ATA adapter. Using CF as an ATA disk provides a
reliable bootable program and data storage device. This feature also improves
the flexibility and reliability of the storage solution for your PC or application.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="ata-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ata</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gcaos"><title>Zone Move and Clone Features in the Solaris Containers
Technology</title><para>This system resources enhancement is new in Solaris Express 3/06 release.</para><para>Two new subcommands, <command>move</command>and <command>clone</command>,
have been added to the <command>zoneadm</command> command. Zone move and clone
features enable the following operations:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Relocate a non-global zone from one point on a system to another
point on the same system</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Rapidly provision a new non-global zone based on the configuration
of an existing zone on the same system</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zoneadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zoneadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page. See also the<olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gbsyt"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 2/06</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 2/06 release.</para><sect2 id="gbtgb"><title>Solaris Flash Archives</title><para>This installment enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 2/06 release.</para><para>This Solaris Flash enhancement enables a user to create an archive that
includes large files. The <command>flarcreate</command> command creates a
Solaris Flash archive that can contain individual files of 4-Gbyte or more.
The available archive utilities are:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>The portable archive interchange, <literal>pax</literal> utility.
This utility can create an archive without size limitations on individual
files. The <literal>pax</literal> utility is the default archiving utility.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>The <literal>cpio</literal> archive utility. This utility
is invoked by using the <literal>-L cpio</literal> option. The cpio utility
can archive individual files not larger than 2-Gbyte or 4-Gbyte. The file
size limitation depends on the version of the <literal>cpio</literal> utility.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The <literal>pax</literal> utility was included in the Solaris 7 OS
release. The Solaris Flash archives created by using the <literal>pax</literal> utility
can only be deployed on a Solaris OS with a pax utility. When a user deploys
the archive on systems that are running the Solaris 2.6 or earlier versions,
the user must use the <literal>-L cpio</literal> option.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="pax-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>pax</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and
the <olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="cpio-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>cpio</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages.
See also the <olink targetdoc="solinstallflash" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Installation Guide: Solaris Flash Archives (Creation and Installation)</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbter"><title>New <literal>fallocate</literal> Utility</title><para>This feature is new in the Solaris Express 2/06 release.</para><para>The <literal>fallocate</literal> utility enables contiguous allocation
of capacity on a supported file system. The UNIX file system support for <literal>fallocate</literal> provides higher performance for programs that are performing
sequential access to data.</para><para>For more information, see the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fallocate</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbvfg"><title>IIIMF and Language Engines</title><para>These language support enhancements are new in the Solaris Express 2/06
release.</para><para>The Internet Intranet Input Method Framework (IIIMF) has been upgraded
from rev.10 to rev.12.</para><itemizedlist><para>This framework provides the following new features:</para><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Input Method Switcher</emphasis> -
This feature displays input method status and switches input languages. You
can add the input method switcher to the JDS panel. Select <userinput>Add
to Panel -> Utility -> InputMethod Switcher</userinput> to add the input method
switcher to the JDS panel.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Utility for</emphasis> <literal>iiim-properties</literal> - This feature supports various input method preferences. Use one
of the following methods to launch the <literal>iiim-properties</literal> utility:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Select <userinput>Launch -> Preferences -> Desktop Preferences
-> Input Methods</userinput>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Click mouse button 3 on the Input method switcher and select
Preference.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>In the CDE environment, select <userinput>Tool -> Input Method
Preference</userinput> from the CDE main menu or type <userinput>iiim-properties</userinput> on
command prompt.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>Each language engine has also been upgraded to the IIIMF rev.12 base.
The Japanese language engines, ATOK12 and Wnn6, have been updated to &ldquo;ATOK
for Solaris&rdquo; and Wnn8 respectively. &ldquo;ATOK for Solaris&rdquo; is
equivalent to ATOK17. A new Chinese chewing input method has also been added
to the IIIMF.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbwof" wordsize="bits32"><title>Palm Synchronization with USB Port</title><para>This desktop feature is new in the Solaris Express 2/06 release.</para><para>The palm synchronization feature enables Palm devices synchronization
through USB ports on the Solaris OS. This feature provides support to synchronize
mobile devices such as Palm tops with desktops.</para><para>For further information, see the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpilotd-control-applet</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbwnc"><title>The <literal>logadm</literal> Utility</title><para>This system administration feature in new in the Solaris Express 2/06
release.</para><para>The <literal>logadm</literal> utility provides the <option>l</option> option
to rotate the log file timestamps with local time. The <option>l</option> option
enables <literal>logadm</literal> to use the local time while naming files.
This option does not change how timestamps are stored in log files. </para><para>For further information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="logadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>logadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gbqhg"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 1/06</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 1/06 release.</para><sect2 id="gbsfm"><title>ZFS Web-Based Management Feature</title><para>In the Solaris Express 1/06 release, an enhancement has been made to
the ZFS feature that was introduced in the Solaris Express 12/05 release.
For a description of this ZFS enhancement, see <olink targetptr="gbshc" remap="internal">ZFS
Web-Based Management</olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbqib" arch="x86"><title>PCI Express Support on x86 Systems</title><para>This device management feature is new in the Solaris Express 1/06 release.</para><para>This Solaris release provides support for the PCI Express (PCIe) interconnect.
PCIe is designed to connect peripheral devices to desktop, enterprise, mobile,
communication, and embedded applications.</para><para>The PCIe interconnect is an industry-standard, high-performance, serial
I/O bus. For details on PCIe technology, go to the following site:</para><para><ulink url="http://www.pcisig.com" type="url">http://www.pcisig.com</ulink></para><para>The PCIe software provides the following features in this Solaris release:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Support for extended PCIe configuration space</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Support for PCIe baseline error handling and MSI interrupts</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Modified IEEE-1275 properties for PCIe devices</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>PCIe hotplug support (both native and ACPI-based) by enhancing
the <literal>cfgadm_pci</literal> component of the <command>cfgadm</command> command</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>ATTN Button usage-based PCIe peripheral autoconfiguration</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The following <command>cfgadm</command> example output displays the
hotpluggable PCIe  devices on an x86 system. Note that the display below may
differ from platform to platform. Check your hardware platform guide for the
correct <command>cfgadm</command> syntax.</para><screen># cfgadm pci
Ap_Id     Type         Receptacle   Occupant     Condition
pcie1     unknown      empty        unconfigured unknown
pcie2     unknown      empty        unconfigured unknown
pcie3     unknown      empty        unconfigured unknown
pcie4     etherne/hp   connected    configured   ok
pcie5     pci-pci/hp   connected    configured   ok
pcie6     unknown      disconnected unconfigured unknown</screen><para>The administrative model for hotplugging PCIe peripherals is the same
as for PCI peripherals, which uses the <command>cfgadm</command> command.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="cfgadm-pci-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>cfgadm_pci</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page and the <olink targetdoc="sagdfs" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle></olink>. Check your hardware platform guide to
ensure that PCIe and PCIe hotplug support is provided on your system. In addition,
carefully review the instructions  for physically inserting or removing adapters
on your system. And, review the semantics of device auto-configuration, if
applicable.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbqjf"><title>SSL Proxy Module</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 1/06 release.</para><para>A kernel level SSL proxy server has been added  in this release. The
proxy simplifies and accelerates the SSL/TLS protocol implementation by pushing
handshake and records processing to the kernel. The proxy supports the most
commonly used cipher suites. Applications, such as webservers, can be enabled
to offload the handling of the SSL operations with those cipher suites to
the proxy, and seamlessly fall back to their existing user-level SSL l library
for the others.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="ksslcfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ksslcfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbqip"><title>TCP_INIT_CWND Socket Option</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 1/06 release.</para><para>The new TCP socket option, TCP_INIT_CWND, enables an application to
override the settings in the initial TCP congestion window, as described in
RFC 3390, &ldquo;Increasing TCP's Initial Window.&rdquo; By default, TCP sets
the initial congestion window  at connection set up time and after an idle
period. (An idle period is when no traffic occurs between the two ends of
the TCP connection. An application can use the TCP_INIT_CWND socket option
to set the initial  congestion window to a specified  number of TCP segments.
So the value of this new socket option is used both at the connection start
time and after an idle period to set the initial congestion window. The process
must have the PRIV_SYS_NET_CONFIG privilege if a number greater than that
calculated by RFC 3390 must be specified.</para><para>For further information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="tcp-7p" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7P</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbqiv" arch="amd64"><title>Watchdog Timeout Feature</title><para>This additional software is new in the Solaris Express 1/06 release.</para><para>The Watchdog mechanism detects a system hang. This feature is a timer
that is continually reset by a user application as long as the operating system
and user application are running. While the watchdog timer is operating in
application mode, an additional alarm function, Alarm 3, is available to generate
alarms in case of critical problems in the user application.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbqim"><title>Object Migration and Interoperability Enhancements
for <command>pktool</command></title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 1/06 release.</para><para>The <command>pktool</command> command enables users to manage PKCS#11
objects. New subcommands have been added that can be used to move, display,
and delete PKCS#11 objects. The subcommands can also show which PKCS#11 tokens
are available. These operations help migrate cryptographic objects to or from
the default Sun Software PKCS#11 softtoken or from other PKCS#11-compliant
tokens.</para><para>For further information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="pktool-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>pktool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbqhj"><title>Deimos Cryptographic Accelerator</title><para>This driver support is new in the Solaris Express 1/06 release.</para><para>The DCA driver supports Sun's SCA1000 and SCA500 cryptographic accelerator
cards.  Additionally, the driver will support Broadcom's 5820, 5821, and 5822
cards.</para><itemizedlist><para>All of these cards support the following operations:</para><listitem><para>RSA</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>DSA</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>3DES</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>DES</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>RNG</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The driver acts as cryptographic service provider to the Solaris Cryptographic
Framework. The driver can be used by anyone who uses this framework.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbrfn"><title>HBA Drivers</title><para>These driver enhancements have been added to the Solaris Express 1/06
release.</para><para>The following HBA drivers have been added to the Solaris OS to support
the full family of QLogic and Emulex HBA products which includes the following
Sun and non-Sun HBAs:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Solaris QLC Common driver for Sun and QLogic branded  HBAs</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Solaris EMLXS Common driver for Sun and Emulex HBAs</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>These HBA drivers provide choice of selection with a single fibre channel
implementation. The supported HBAs are Solaris-ready certified and also enable
PCI-X  and PCIe 4 Gbyte HBA support.</para><itemizedlist><para>For further information, refer to the following links:</para><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.sun.com/storage/san/infrastructure/fc_hba/" type="url">http://www.sun.com/storage/san/infrastructure/fc_hba/</ulink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.sun.com/solarisready" type="url">http://www.sun.com/solarisready</ulink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.emulex.com/ts/docoem/sun/10k.htm" type="url">http://www.emulex.com/ts/docoem/sun/10k.htm</ulink></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><ulink url="http://qlogic.com  " type="url">http://qlogic.com</ulink></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbqhm"><title>Driver Support for New STK Tape Drive 10000 &ldquo;Titanium&rdquo;</title><para>This driver support is new in the Solaris Express 1/06 release.</para><para>This release adds the <command>st</command> driver, a driver for SCSI
tape devices. This feature provides support for the new <trademark>StorageTek</trademark> tape
drive T10000A &ldquo;Titanium.&rdquo;</para><para>For further information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="st-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>st</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbqhz" arch="x86"><title>Driver Support for AMD64 Platform</title><para>This driver support is new in the Solaris Express 1/06 release.</para><para>In this release, the <command>glm</command> driver has been ported to
the x64 platform. This driver enables you to use the x4422a card on the AMD64
platform.</para><para>For further information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="glm-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>glm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbrzz"><title>USB-to-Serial Driver for Prolific Adapters</title><para>This driver is new in the Solaris Express 1/06 release.</para><para>This USB-to-serial driver supports Prolific pl2303 chipset-based adapters.
With this new driver, customers can choose between Edgeport adapters and Prolific
adapters.</para><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="usbsprl-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>usbsprl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbsfo"><title>USB-to-Serial Driver for Keyspan Adapters</title><para>This driver is new in the Solaris Express 1/06 release.</para><para>A new driver is provided in the release for Keyspan USB-to-serial adapters.
This driver supports the USA-19HS model. With this new driver, customers have
a choice between Edgeport adapters and Keyspan adapters.</para><para>For further information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="usbsksp-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>usbsksp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gbiom"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 12/05</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 12/05 release.</para><sect2 id="gbjpv"><title>The ZFS File System</title><para>This file system enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/05 release.</para><para>This Solaris Express release includes ZFS, a new 128-bit file system.
ZFS provides simple administration, transactional semantics, end-to-end data
integrity, and immense scalability. ZFS is not an incremental improvement
to existing technology. Rather, ZFS is a fundamentally new approach to data
management.</para><para>ZFS uses a pooled-storage model that completely eliminates the concept
of volumes. Thus, ZFS eliminates the associated problems of partition management,
provisioning, and growing file systems. Thousands of file systems can all
draw from a common storage pool. Each system consumes only as much space as
actually needed. The combined I/O bandwidth of all devices in the pool is
available to all file systems at all times.</para><para>All operations are &ldquo;copy-on-write&rdquo; transactions, so the
on-disk state is always valid. Every block has a checksum, so silent data
corruption is impossible. In addition, the data is self-healing in replicated
configurations. This feature means that if one copy is damaged, ZFS detects
the damage and uses another copy to repair the damaged copy.</para><sect3 id="gbjoj"><title>ZFS is Easy to Administer</title><para>For system administrators, the greatest improvement of ZFS over traditional
file systems is the ease of administration.</para><para>ZFS takes a single command to set up a mirrored storage pool and file
system. For example:</para><screen># zpool create home mirror c0t1d0 c1t2d0</screen><para>The above command creates a mirrored storage pool named <filename>home</filename> and
a single file system named <filename>home</filename>. The file system is mounted
at <filename>/home</filename>.</para><para>With ZFS, you can use whole disks instead of partitions to create the
storage pool.</para><para>Then, you can use the <filename>/home</filename> file system hierarchy
to create any number of file systems beneath <filename>/home</filename>. For
example:</para><screen># zfs create home/user1</screen><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zpool-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zfs-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages.</para><para>In addition, ZFS provides the following administration features:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Backup and restore capabilities</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Device management support</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Persistent snapshots and cloning features</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Quotas that can be set for file systems</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>RBAC-based access control</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Storage pool space reservations for file systems</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Support for Solaris systems that have zones installed</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect3><sect3 id="gcwra"><title>ZFS Command Improvements and Changes</title><para>The following section describes recent improvements and changes to the
ZFS command interface in the Solaris Express release.</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Clearing device errors</emphasis> &ndash;
 You can use the <command>zpool clear</command> command to clear error counts
associated with a device or the pool. Previously, error counts were cleared
when a device in a pool was brought online with the <command>zpool online</command> command.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Compact NFSv4 ACL format</emphasis> &ndash;
Three NFSv4 ACL formats are available: verbose, positional, and compact. The
new compact and positional ACL formats are available to set and display ACLs.
You can use the <command>chmod</command> command to set all 3 ACL formats.
Use the <command>ls</command> <option>V</option> command to display compact
and positional ACL formats and the <command>ls</command> <option>v</option> command
to display verbose ACL formats.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Double Parity RAID-Z</emphasis> (<literal>raidz2</literal>) &ndash;  A replicated RAID-Z configuration can now have
either single- or double-parity, which means that one or two device failures
can be sustained respectively, without any data loss. You can specify the <literal>raidz2</literal> keyword for a double-parity RAID-Z configuration. Or,  you
can specify the <literal>raidz</literal> or <literal>raidz1</literal> keyword
for a single-parity RAID-Z configuration.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Hot spares for ZFS storage pool devices</emphasis> &ndash;
The ZFS hot spares feature enables you to identify disks that could be used
to replace a failed or faulted device in one or more storage pools. Designating
a device as a <emphasis>hot spare</emphasis> means that if an active device
in the pool fails, the hot spare automatically replaces the failed device.
Or, you can manually replace a device in a storage pool with a hot spare.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Replacing a ZFS File System With a
ZFS Clone</emphasis> (<command>zfs promote</command>) &ndash; The <command>zfs
promote</command> command enables you to replace an existing ZFS file system
with a clone of that file system. This feature is helpful when you want to
run tests on an alternative version of a file system and then, make that alternative
version of the file system the active file system.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Recovering destroyed pools</emphasis> &ndash;
The <command>zpool import</command> <option>D</option> command enables you
to recover pools that were previously destroyed with the <command>zpool destroy</command> command.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Temporarily take a device offline</emphasis> &ndash;
You can use the <command>zpool offline</command> <option>t</option> command
to take a device offline temporarily. When the system is rebooted, the device
is automatically returned to the <literal>ONLINE</literal> state.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">Upgrading ZFS Storage Pools</emphasis> (<command>zpool upgrade</command>) &ndash; You can upgrade your storage pools to a newer
version to take advantage of the latest features by using the <command>zpool
upgrade</command> command. In addition, the <command>zpool status</command> command
has been modified to notify you when your pools are running older versions.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS backup and restore commands are
renamed</emphasis> &ndash; The <command>zfs backup</command> and <command>zfs
restore</command> commands are renamed to <command>zfs send</command> and <command>zfs receive</command> to more accurately describe their function. The function
of these commands is to save and restore ZFS data stream representations.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS and zones improvements</emphasis> &ndash;
On a Solaris system with zones installed, you can use the <command>zoneadm
clone</command> feature to copy the data from an existing source ZFS <literal>zonepath</literal> to a target ZFS <literal>zonepath</literal> on your system. You
cannot use the ZFS clone feature to clone the non-global zone. You must  use
the <command>zoneadm clone</command> command. For more information, see <olink targetdoc="sysadrm" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide:  Virtualization Using the Solaris Operating System</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="strong">ZFS is integrated with Fault Manager</emphasis> &ndash;
A ZFS diagnostic engine is included that is capable of diagnosing and reporting
pool failures and device failures. Checksum, I/O, and device errors associated
with pool or device failures are also reported. Diagnostic error information
is written to the console and the <filename>/var/adm/messages</filename> file.
In addition, detailed information about recovering from a reported error can
be displayed by using the <command>zpool status</command> command.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information about these improvements and changes, see the <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect3><sect3 id="gbshc"><title>ZFS Web-Based Management</title><para>The Solaris Express 1/06 release includes the ZFS web-based management
tool, which enables you to perform much of the administration that you can
do with the ZFS command line interface. You can perform the following administrative
tasks with the ZFS Administration console:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Create a new storage pool.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Add capacity to an existing pool.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Move (export) a storage pool to another system. </para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Import a previously exported storage pool to make it available
on another system.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>View information about storage pools.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Create a file system.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Create a volume.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Take a snapshot of a file system or a volume.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Roll back a file system to a previous snapshot.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>You can access the ZFS Administration console through a secure web browser
at the following URL:</para><screen>https://<replaceable>system-name</replaceable>:6789</screen><para>If you type the appropriate URL and are unable to reach ZFS Administration
console, the server might not be started. To start the server, run the following
command:</para><screen># /usr/sbin/smcwebserver start</screen><para>If you want the server to run automatically when the system boots, run
the following command:</para><screen># /usr/sbin/smcwebserver enable</screen>
</sect3><sect3 id="gbkbo"><title>ZFS and Solaris Zones</title><para>The Solaris Zones partitioning technology supports ZFS components, such
as adding ZFS file systems and storage pools into a zone.</para><para>For example, the file system resource type in the <command>zonecfg</command> command
has been enhanced as follows:</para><screen>zonecfg:myzone> add fs
zonecfg:myzone:fs> set type=zfs
zonecfg:myzone:fs> set dir=/export/share
zonecfg:myzone:fs> set special=tank/home
zonecfg:myzone:fs> end</screen><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page and the <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect3><sect3 id="gbkcu"><title>Solaris Installation Tool Support of ZFS File Systems</title><para>In this release, the following Solaris installation tool support is
provided:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Custom Solaris Jumpstart - You cannot include ZFS file systems
in a Jumpstart profile. However, you can run following scripts from a ZFS
storage pool to set up an install server or an install client:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><filename>setup_install_server</filename></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><filename>add_install_server</filename></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><filename>add_install_client</filename></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem><listitem><para>Solaris Live Upgrade - Preserves your original boot environment
and carries over your ZFS storage pools into the new environment. Currently,
ZFS cannot be used as a bootable root file system. Therefore, your existing
ZFS file systems are not copied into the boot environment (BE).</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Solaris Initial Install - ZFS file systems are not recognized
during an initial installation. However, if you do not specify any of the
disk devices that contain ZFS storage pools to be used for the installation,
you should be able to recover your storage pools by using the <command>zpool
import</command> command after the installation. For more information, see
the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zpool-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zpool</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page.</para><para>As with most reinstallation scenarios, you should back up
your ZFS files before proceeding with the initial installation option.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Solaris Upgrade &ndash; Your ZFS file systems and storage
pools are preserved.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect3><sect3 id="gbjpc"><title>New Solaris ACL Model</title><para>ZFS implements a new ACL model. Previous versions of the Solaris OS
only supported an ACL model that was primarily based on the POSIX ACL draft
specification. The POSIX-draft based ACLs are used to protect UFS  files.
A new model that is based on the NFSv4 specification is used to  protect ZFS
files.</para><para>The main features of the new ACL model are as follows:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Is based on the NFSv4 specification and the new ACLs that
are similar to NT-style ACLs.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Provides a more granular set of access privileges.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Uses the <command>chmod</command> and <command>ls</command> commands
rather than the <command>setfacl</command> and <command>getfacl</command> commands
to set and display ACLs.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Provides richer inheritance semantics for designating how
access privileges are applied from directory to subdirectories, and so on.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The recently revised <olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="chmod-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page adds many new examples that demonstrate usage with ZFS. The <olink targetdoc="refman5" targetptr="acl-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>acl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page has an overview of
the new ACL model. In addition, the <olink targetdoc="zfsadmin" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">ZFS Administration Guide</citetitle></olink> provides extensive
examples of using ACLs to protect ZFS files.</para>
</sect3>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbiqd"><title>IPv6 for IP Filter</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/05 release.</para><para>Solaris IP Filter has been enhanced to include IPv6 packet filtering.
IPv6 packet filtering can filter based on the source IPv6 address, destination
address, <command>poolsl</command> containing IPv6 addresses, and IPv6 extension
headers.</para><para>The <option>6</option> option has been added to the <command>ipf</command> command
for use with IPv6. Use the <option>6</option> option to load and flush IPv6
packet filtering rules. The <command>ipstat</command> command also has a <option>6</option> option, which is used to display IPv6 statistics.</para><para>Although there is no change to the command line interface for the <command>ipmon</command> and <command>ippool</command> commands, these commands also
support IPv6. The <command>ipmon</command> command has been enhanced to accommodate
the logging of IPv6 packets. The <command>ippool</command> command supports
the creation of IPv6 pools.</para><para>You can use the <filename>ipf6.conf</filename> file to create packet
filtering rule sets for IPv6.  By  default, the <filename>ipf6.conf</filename> configuration
file is included in the <filename>/etc/ipf</filename> directory. As with the
other filtering configuration files, the <filename>ipf6.conf</filename> file
loads automatically during the boot process when it is stored in the <filename>/etc/ipf</filename> directory.</para><para>For further information about Solaris IP, see the <olink targetdoc="sysadv3" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: IP Services</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbiqw"><title>Support for Descriptive Names in Solaris Volume Manager</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Solaris Express
12/05 release.</para><para>Descriptive names for both volumes and hot spare pools enable system
administrators to name volumes and hot spare pools by using any name that
follows the naming guidelines. Additionally, the <option>D</option> option
has been added to the <command>metstat</command> command. This option enables
the user to list volumes and to list hot spare pools with descriptive names.</para><para>For more information, see the <citetitle>Solaris Volume Manager Administration
Guide</citetitle>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbiqm"><title>PKCS #11 v2.20 Support in the Solaris Cryptographic
Framework</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/05 release.</para><para>This feature adds RSA PKCS #11 v2.20 support to the Solaris Cryptographic
Framework, including the stronger SHA2 algorithms.</para><para>For a list of mechanisms that v2.20  provides, see the <olink targetdoc="refman5" targetptr="pkcs11-softtoken-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkcs11_softtoken</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.
For a list of mechanisms that are available to users, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="digest-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>digest</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="refman1" targetptr="mac-1" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mac</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbirg"><title>UDP and TCP Performance Enhancement</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/05 release.</para><para>Performance of both the TCP protocol and the UDP protocol has been enhanced
in this release. The enhancements result in lower latency and higher throughput
for both transmit and receive performance. Network applications yield better
performance due to system performance improvements. In particular, those applications
which heavily transmit and receive UDP packets or utilize TCP loopback connections
show greatest benefit.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="ip-7p" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7P</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>, <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="tcp-7p" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7P</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>, and <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="udp-7p" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>udp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7P</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages. See also the <olink targetdoc="soltuneparamref" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Tunable Parameters Reference Manual</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbirb"><title>Zone Rename Feature in Solaris Containers Technology</title><para>This system resources enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/05
release.</para><para>The zone name is now an attribute that can be set through the <command>zonecfg</command> command. See the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="zonecfg-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zonecfg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page for the procedure to change the name of a zone.</para><para>Only zones in the configured state or the installed state can be renamed.
For information about zones states, see the <olink targetdoc="refman5" targetptr="zones-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>zones</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbirz"><title>Advanced DDI Interrupt Framework</title><para>This device management enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/05
release.</para><para>The Solaris OS provides a new DDI interrupt framework for registering
interrupts and for deregistering interrupts. Support for Message Signaled
Interrupts (MSIs) is also provided. Management interfaces enable you to manipulate
priorities and capabilities, to perform interrupt masking, and to obtain pending
information.</para><para>For a list of the new interfaces, see <olink targetdoc="driver" targetptr="ddidkisvc-30" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">Interrupt Functions</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">Writing Device Drivers</citetitle></olink>. For a list of interrupt
functions that are obsolete and should not be used, see the &ldquo;B-3 Deprecated
Interrupt Functions&rdquo; table within this section.</para><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="driver" targetptr="interrupt-15678" remap="external">Chapter 8, <citetitle remap="chapter">Interrupt Handlers,</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">Writing Device Drivers</citetitle></olink>.
See also the individual man pages for the interfaces. All man pages for these
interfaces are in the 9F man page section.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbiqp"><title>VLAN Support with <literal>xge</literal> 10Gb Ethernet
Driver</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/05 release.</para><para>VLAN support with <literal>xge</literal> enables system administrators
to configure Virtual LAN over a 10-Gbyte Ethernet. This enhancement is the
first VLAN implementation with 10-Gbyte Ethernet driver in the Solaris OS.
The <command>dladm</command> command can be used to configure VLAN with great
flexibility.</para><para>For further information and VLAN configuration instructions, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="dladm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dladm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbiqr"><title>Core Kerberos Mechanism Resync with MIT 1.4</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/05 release.</para><para>The Kerberos_V5 GSS mechanism library has been synced with MIT Kerberos
1.4.0. This version includes fine-grained multithread support.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbisg" arch="sparc"><title>Adobe Acrobat Reader 7.0.1</title><para>This desktop enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/05 release.</para><para>In this release, <trademark class="registered">Adobe</trademark> Acrobat
Reader is updated from version 5.0 to version 7.0.1. Adobe Reader enables
you to view, navigate, and print Portable Document Format (PDF) files. This
enhancement is for the SPARC platform.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbirl"><title><literal>rge</literal> Driver</title><para>This driver support is new in the Solaris Express 12/05 release. The <literal>rge</literal> driver provides support for Realtek RTL8169S/8110S Gigabit Ethernet
devices.</para><para>For further information, refer to the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="rge-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbiqq"><title>New UTF-8 Locales</title><para>This language support enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 12/05
release.</para><para>Over 50 new UTF-8 locales have been introduced in this release. As a
result, Unicode support is now provided for all European, Middle Eastern,
and Asian (EMEA) locales which lack a UTF-8 charset variant. Furthermore,
locales for Cyprus, Luxembourg, and Malta are now available for the first
time. Therefore, locales for all 25 European Union (EU) member states are
now supported.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gbfry"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 11/05</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 11/05 release.</para><sect2 id="gbfsl"><title>Improvements to Volume Management (<command>vold</command>)</title><para>This volume management feature is new in the Solaris Express 11/05 release.</para><para>In this release, removable media management is improved. Previously, <command>vold</command> did not create device links for removable devices that contain
no media. Now, device links are properly created for devices that contain
no media, similar to the following:</para><screen>lrwxrwxrwx  1 root  root     28 Jun 13 13:09 /vol/dev/aliases/cdrom0 
-> /vol/dev/rdsk/c2t2d0/nomedia</screen><para>Now, you can use the <command>cdrw</command> command and the <command>rmformat</command> command to list devices that have no media when <command>vold</command> is
running.</para><para>You can revert back to the previous <command>vold</command> behavior
by changing the following <literal>support nomedia</literal> entry in the <filename>/etc/vold.conf</filename> file as follows:</para><screen>support media</screen><para>For more information, see the <literal>vold.conf</literal>(4) man page.</para><para>In addition, <command>vold</command> is now hot-plug aware. This improvement
means that if you insert removable media, the media is automatically detected
and mounted by <command>vold</command>.  You do not need to restart <command>vold</command> manually to recognize and mount a file system from any removable
media device.</para><para>For more information using these volume management improvements, see <olink targetdoc="sagdfs" targetptr="gbbfr" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">What&rsquo;s New in Removable Media?</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbfsp"><title><command>vold</command> is Managed by the Service
Management Facility (SMF)</title><para>This volume management feature is new in the Solaris Express 11/05 release.</para><para>The volume management daemon, <command>vold</command>, is now managed
by the Service Management Facility (SMF). This  means you can use the <command>svcadm
disable</command> command to disable the following new volfs service, if appropriate:</para><screen># <userinput>svcadm disable volfs</userinput></screen><para>You can identify the status of the volfs service by using this command:</para><screen>$ <userinput>svcs volfs</userinput>
STATE          STIME    FMRI
online         Sep_29   svc:/system/filesystem/volfs:default</screen><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman5" targetptr="smf-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>, <literal>volfs</literal>(7FS), and <literal>vold</literal>(1M) man pages.</para><para>For more information about managing the volfs service, see <olink targetdoc="sagdfs" targetptr="gbbfr" remap="external"><citetitle remap="section">What&rsquo;s New in Removable Media?</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbfsk"><title>UFS Utility Enhancements</title><para>This file system enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 11/05 release.</para><para>The UFS file system check utility, <command>fsck</command>, has been
enhanced to include features from the FreeBSD 4.9 version of the <command>fsck</command> program,
as well as other enhancements.</para><para>The <command>fsck</command> utility in this Solaris release includes
the following improvements:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Checks and repairs file systems more thoroughly and provides
improved error messages. For example, in some scenarios, <command>fsck</command> determines
what structures are missing and replaces them appropriately.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Automatically searches for backup superblocks.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Reports when <command>fsck</command> needs to be rerun.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>When clearing directories, <command>fsck</command> now attempts
to recover directory contents immediately and therefore, reduces the time
spent rerunning this utility.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>If <command>fsck</command> finds duplicate blocks, and not
all files that reference the duplicate blocks were cleared, <command>fsck</command> reports
the inode numbers at the end of the <command>fsck</command> run. Then, you
can use the <command>find</command> command to review the inodes that are
damaged.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Improved error messages regarding the status of extended attributes
and other special files, such as device files and ACL entries, are included.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Includes a <option>v</option> option to enable more verbose
messages.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>In addition, the <command>newfs</command> and <command>mkfs</command> commands
have been updated to include new options for displaying a file system's superblock
information in text or dumping the superblock information in binary format.</para><screen>newfs [ -S or -B ] <replaceable>/dev/rdsk/...</replaceable></screen><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>S</option></term><listitem><para>Displays the file system's superblock in text</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term><option>B</option></term><listitem><para>Dumps the file system's superblock in binary</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist><screen>mkfs [ -o calcsb or -o calcbinsb ] <replaceable>/dev/rdsk/... size</replaceable></screen><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>o calcsb</option></term><listitem><para>Displays the file system's superblock in text</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term><option>o calcbinsb</option></term><listitem><para>Dumps the file system's superblock in binary</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist><para>The <command>fsck</command> utility uses this superblock information
to search for backup superblocks.</para><para>For more information about these enhancements, see <olink targetdoc="sagdfs" targetptr="fsoverview-38559" remap="external">Chapter 17, <citetitle remap="chapter">Managing File Systems (Overview),</citetitle> in <citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbfrh"><title>Internet Key Exchange (IKE) Enhancment</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 11/05 release.</para><para>The <command>ikecert</command> utility now can copy keys and certificates
that are on the disk to a hardware keystore device. The utility can also link
existing key objects and certificate objects to the IKE database.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="ikecert-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ikecert</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbfrj"><title><command>cdrecord</command>, <command>readCD</command>,
and <command>cdda2wav</command> Available</title><para>This device management feature is new in the Solaris Express 11/05 release.</para><para>Previously, <command>cdrecord</command> was available on companion CD.
In this release, <command>cdrecord</command> is now available in the Solaris
OS. <command>cdrecord</command> is a powerful tool for burning CDs. <command>cdrecord</command> supports more burners than <command>cdrw</command> does. <command>cdrecord</command> works better with USB and 1394 external burners. <command>cdrecord</command> is,
however, limited to DVD images that are less than 2 Gbytes.</para><para>For further information, see the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cdrecord</refentrytitle></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>readCD</refentrytitle></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cdda2wav</refentrytitle></citerefentry> man pages in the <filename>/usr/share/man</filename> directory.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gbfso"><title>pilot-link Software</title><para>This Open Source software is new in the Solaris Express 11/05 release.</para><para>Pilot-link is a suite of tools that enables you to connect your Palm
or <trademark class="registered">PalmOS</trademark> compatible handheld with
Unix, Linux, and any other POSIX-compatible machine. pilot-link works with
almost all PalmOS handhelds. To sync Palm devices with Solaris by USB port,
pilot-link makes use of <command>libusb</command>. For further information,
see the <olink targetdoc="refman3f" targetptr="libusb-3lib" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>libusb</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3LIB</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>.</para><para>This release of pilot-link is based on pilot-link v0.12.0-pre4.</para><para>For further information, see <ulink url="http://www.pilot-link.org" type="url"></ulink>. See also <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pilot-xfer</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> in the <filename>/usr/sfw/man</filename> directory.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gazyy"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 10/05</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 10/05 release.</para><sect2 id="gazyx"><title><filename>mediaLib</filename> 2.3</title><para>This feature is new in the Solaris Express 10/05 release.</para><para><filename>mediaLib</filename> is a low-level application library for
building portable, high-performance, multimedia applications. These applications
are useful in the telco, bioinformatics, and database fields. <filename>mediaLib</filename> 2.3
introduces a multithreaded (MT) library for better performance on multiprocessor
systems. <filename>mediaLib</filename> 2.3 also introduces 340 new functions.</para><para>For further information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman3f" targetptr="libmlib-3lib" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>libmlib</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3LIB</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="refman3f" targetptr="libmlib-mt-3lib" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>libmlib_mt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3LIB</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages.
See also <ulink remap="" url="http://www.sun.com/processors/vis/mlib.html" type="url">http://www.sun.com/processors/vis/mlib.html</ulink>.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gawod"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 9/05</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 9/05 release.</para><sect2 id="gawph"><title>Dynamic Interrupt Distribution</title><para>This system performance enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 9/05
release.</para><para>The <command>intrd</command> daemon monitors loads on the system that
are due to interrupts. If an imbalance is detected, the daemon retargets interrupts
to new CPUs in order to balance the interrupt load. This feature should improve
system performance under high interrupt loads.</para><para>The daemon is started by the new SMF service, <filename>svc:/system/intrd</filename>.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="intrd-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>intrd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gamoj"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 8/05</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 8/05 release.</para><sect2 id="gamrh"><title>Set SMTP to Use Transport Layer Security</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 8/05 release.</para><para>The Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) can use Transport Layer Security
(TLS) in version 8.13 of sendmail. When enabled, this service to SMTP servers
and clients provides private, authenticated communications over the Internet,
as well as protection from eavesdroppers and attackers.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink type="auto-generated" targetdoc="sysadv4" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Network Services</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gampu"><title>Driver for IEEE-1394 Based (IIDC) Digital Camera</title><para>This driver is new in the Solaris Express 8/05 release.</para><para>This driver enables support of IEEE-1394 based (IIDC) digital cameras.
By supporting a software interface for camera control and image capture, the
driver also enables development of applications that attach to these devices.
This driver supports devices that implement the 1.04 version of the 1394 Trade
Association 1394-based Digital Camera Specification. Support also covers devices
that are backwards compatible.</para><para>Refer to the <olink type="auto-generated" targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="dcam1394-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dcam1394</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page for more information.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gampl"><title>SCSI HBA Driver for LSI MegaRAID 320-2x SCSI RAID
Controller</title><para>This driver is new in the Solaris Express 8/05 release.</para><para>This release introduces the lsimega driver. The LSI 320-2x card is supported
by lsimega with back-end support from LSI. 2. <trademark>Sun Fire</trademark> V20z/V40z
servers with the optional 320-2x RAID card receive better support for RAID
disk I/O and pass through I/O for SCSI tape and CDROM 3.</para><para>For further information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="lsimega-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>lsimega</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gamvh"><title>USB CCID IFD Handler</title><para>This driver is new in the Solaris Express 8/05 release.</para><para>This release delivers a userland device driver for USB CCID-compliant
smart card readers. This feature uses the USB CCID IFD Handler that is part
of the MUSCLE project. With this feature integrated into Solaris, customers
can now use a wide variety of USB smart card readers on Solaris systems that
have USB ports.</para><para>For further information, see the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>usb_ccid_ifd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3SMARTCARD</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page.</para><para>More documentation is available at the public MUSCLE card web site at <ulink url="http://www.musclecard.com" type="url">http://www.musclecard.com</ulink>.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="gacam"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 7/05</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 7/05 release.</para><sect2 id="gacar" arch="x86"><title>AGPgart Driver for x86 Systems</title><para>This driver is new in the Solaris Express 7/05 release.</para><para>AGPgart driver is an xserver kernel module that uses system memory to
enhance graphics display. This feature is useful for memoryless graphics devices
such as Intel integrated graphics and AGP graphics, which need to use system
memory as video buffers.</para><para>Desktop users who use Intel 810/830/855 series graphics devices can
achieve higher resolution of screen images under Xorg xserver with only 1
megabyte of BIOS-allocated video RAM. Video driver developers can utilize
the AGPgart driver to allocate system memory for 2-D display or 3-D display
and to manage AGP devices.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="agpgart-io-7i" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>agpgart_io</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7I</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="gaeuv" arch="x86"><title>New <command>prtconf</command> Option
to Display Product Names</title><para>This system administration tool enhancement is new in the Solaris Express
7/05 release.</para><para>A new <option>b</option> option has been added to the <command>prtconf</command> command.
This option displays the product name of a system. This option is similar
to the <command>uname <option>i</option></command> command. However, the <command>prtconf <option>b</option></command> command is specifically designed to determine
the marketing name of a product.</para><para>The <option>b</option> option displays the following root properties
from the firmware device tree:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><literal>name</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>compatible</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>banner-name</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>model</literal></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>To display additional platform-specific output that might be available,
add the <option>v</option> option to the <command>prtconf <option>b</option></command> command.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="prtconf-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>prtconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page and the <olink targetdoc="sysadv2" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Advanced Administration</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="ftzbi"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 6/05</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 6/05 release.</para><sect2 id="fxjip" arch="x86"><title>GRUB-Based Booting</title><para>This system performance enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/05
release.</para><para>The Solaris OS is now loaded with the open source GRand Unified Bootloader
(GRUB). GRUB is responsible for loading a boot archive, which contains the
kernel modules and configuration files, into the system's memory. The Solaris
kernel boots based on the contents of the in-memory boot archive.</para><para>Because the Solaris kernel is fully compliant with the Multiboot Specification,
you can boot the Solaris OS on an x86 based system by using GRUB. With GRUB,
you can more easily boot the various operating systems that are installed
on your system. For example, on one x86 system, you could boot the following
operating systems:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Solaris OS</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Linux</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Microsoft Windows</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>A key benefit of GRUB is that it is intuitive about file systems and
kernel executable formats. This feature enables you to load an operating system
without recording the physical position of the kernel on the disk. With GRUB-based
booting, the kernel is loaded by specifying its file name, the drive, and
the partition where the kernel resides.</para><para>One notable change is the replacement of the Device Configuration Assistant
(DCA) with the GRUB menu. When an x86 based system boots, the GRUB menu is
displayed. From this menu, you can select an OS instance by using the up-arrow
and down-arrow keys. If you do not make a selection, the default OS instance
is booted.</para><itemizedlist><para>The GRUB-based boot feature provides the following improvements:</para><listitem><para>Faster boot times on x86 based systems</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Installation from USB CD or DVD drives</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Ability to boot from USB storage devices</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Simplified DHCP setup for PXE boot with no vendor-specific
options</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Elimination of all realmode drivers</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>In addition, the following two administrative commands have been added
to assist with managing system bootability:</para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><command>bootadm</command></term><listitem><para>This command rebuilds the boot archive.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term><command>installgrub</command></term><listitem><para>This command installs GRUB boot blocks.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist><note><para>As a part of this functionality, x86 based systems must have a
minimum of 256 Mbytes of RAM to boot and install the Solaris Express 6/05
release.</para>
</note><para>For more information about these enhancements, see <citetitle>System
Administration Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle> and <olink targetdoc="sysadv1" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Basic Administration</citetitle></olink>. See also the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="bootadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>bootadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>, <olink targetdoc="refman5" targetptr="grub-5" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>grub</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>, and <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="installgrub-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>installgrub</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages.</para><itemizedlist><para>See the following resources for additional installation information:</para><listitem><para>For new booting information about installing with the Solaris
interactive installation program, see the <olink targetdoc="solarisinstall" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Installation Guide: Basic Installations</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>For new booting information that affects setting up an install
server and installing over the network, see the <olink targetdoc="solinstallnet" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Installation Guide: Network-Based Installations</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>For new booting information about installing with the custom
JumpStart program, see the <olink targetdoc="solinstalladv" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">Solaris Express Installation Guide: Custom JumpStart and Advanced Installations</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</sect2><sect2 id="ftzje"><title>Large Pages Enhancement</title><para>This system performance enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/05
release.</para><para>This feature brings the benefits of large pages to a broader range of
applications without requiring application tuning or system tuning. This enhancement
applies large pages automatically for anonymous memory that is based on segment
sizes.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="fxjex"><title>Large Pages for Kernel Memory</title><para>This system performance enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/05
release.</para><para>For 64-bit platforms, this feature supports mapping of the portion of
the kernel heap with large pages. This feature increases performance of the
system by reducing the number of Translation Lookaside Buffer (TLB) misses
and the number of map operations or unmap operations.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ftzgi"><title>Kernel Page Relocation</title><para>This system performance enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/05
release.</para><para>In this release, system performance has been enhanced on the Sun Fire
15K, Sun Fire 20K, and Sun Fire 25K domains.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ftzba"><title>Enhancements for <literal>bge</literal> and <literal>xge</literal> Network Interfaces</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/05 release.</para><para>The Solaris OS now contains features that extend the configuration possibilities
for the <literal>bge</literal> and <literal>xge</literal> network interfaces.
System administrators can now group these interfaces into LACP-capable link
aggregations. These aggregations can support large-scale high availability
or database implementations. In addition, you can configure <literal>xge</literal> and <literal>bge</literal> interfaces into virtual local area networks (VLANs) to extend
network capability.</para><para>The new <command>dladm</command> command has been added for configuring
and administering <literal>bge</literal> and <literal>xge</literal> interfaces.
For further information, refer to the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="dladm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dladm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ftzdp"><title>Source-Filtered Multicasting</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/05 release.</para><para>Enhancements have been made to the Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD)
protocol, for IPv6, and the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), for
IPv4. The Solaris implementation of these protocols has been enhanced to support
MLDv2 and IGMPv3. These extensions provide support for source address filtering
on multicast traffic. Also included is support for IETF-specified socket extensions.
This support enables applications to take advantage of source-filtered multicasting.</para><para>For further information, see the <citetitle>Programming Interfaces Guide</citetitle> and
the <olink targetdoc="sysadv3" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: IP Services</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ftzff"><title>Automatic Renewal of Kerberos Credentials</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/05 release.</para><para>A new option has been added to the <filename>/etc/warn.conf</filename> file.
This option enables the <command>ktkt_warnd</command> daemon to automatically
renew credentials for users who are logged in. If the renew option is set,
the users no longer need to run the <command>kinit <option>R</option></command> command
in order to renew their credentials. In addition, options have been added
to the <filename>/etc/warn.conf</filename> file that enable you to log the
result when a renewal attempt is made.</para><para>See the <olink targetdoc="refman4" targetptr="warn.conf-4" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>warn.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page for more information.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="fxjkz"><title>Enhancement to <command>ikecert certlocal</command> Command</title><para>This security enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/05 release.</para><para>The <command>ikecert certlocal</command> command now has options to
set the validity period for certificate requests and for self-signed certificates.
For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="ikecert-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ikecert</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man
page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ftyyi"><title>Enhanced Output With the <command>metaimport</command> Command</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Solaris Express
6/05 release.</para><para>The Solaris Volume Manager <command>metaimport -r</command> command
has been enhanced. The command shows the creation time for a disk set. The
command also provides an advisory message when a disk is found in more than
one disk set. These changes assist system administrators in determining which
disk set to import.</para><para>For more information, see the <citetitle>Solaris Volume Manager Administration
Guide</citetitle>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ftzgz"><title>Support for SCSI Disks Larger Than 2 Terabytes</title><para>This system administration enhancement is new in the Solaris Express
6/05 release.</para><para>SCSI, Fibre Channel, and iSCSI disks that are larger than 2 terabytes
are now supported on 64&ndash;bit platforms. The format utility can be used
to label, configure, and partition these larger disks.</para><para>For more information, see the <citetitle>System Administration Guide:
Devices and File Systems</citetitle>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ftyvy"><title>Advanced DDI Interrupts</title><para>This developer tool enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/05 release.</para><para>The Solaris OS now provides a new DDI Interrupt framework for registering
interrupts and deregistering  interrupts. Support for Message Signalled Interrupts
(MSIs) is also provided. New management interfaces enable you to manipulate
priorities and capabilities, to interrupt masking, and to obtain pending information.</para><itemizedlist><para>The framework includes the following new interfaces:</para><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_add_handler</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_add_softint</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_alloc</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_block_disable</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_block_enable</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_clr_mask</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_disable</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_dup_handler</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_enable</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_free</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_get_cap</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_get_hilevel_pri</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_get_navail</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_get_nintrs</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_get_pending</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_get_pri</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_get_softint_pri</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_get_supported_types</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_remove_handler</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_remove_softint</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_set_cap</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_set_mask</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_set_pri</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_set_softint_pri</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_trigger_softint</literal></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><note><para>To take advantage of the features of the new framework, developers
need to use the new interfaces. Avoid using the following interfaces, which
are retained for compatibility only:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><literal>ddi_add_intr</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_add_softintr</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_dev_nintrs</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_get_iblock_cookie</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_get_soft_iblock_cooki</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_iblock_cookie</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_idevice_cookie</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_intr_hilevel</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_remove_intr</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_remove_softintr</literal></para>
</listitem><listitem><para><literal>ddi_trigger_softintr</literal></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</note><para>For more information, see &ldquo;Interrupt Handlers&rdquo; in the <citetitle>Writing Device Drivers</citetitle> manual. See also the individual man pages
for the new interfaces. All man pages for these interfaces are in the <literal>9F</literal> man page section.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ftzce"><title>Door Interface Revisions</title><para>This developer tool enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/05 release.</para><para>Two new functions, <literal>door_setparam</literal> and <literal>door_getparam</literal>, have been added to the doors interfaces. These functions enable
door servers to set boundaries on the data size and on the number of descriptors
that are passed to <literal>door_call</literal> on the door. These enhancements
simplify the door's handler function.</para><para>The <literal>door_create</literal> interface has a new flag, DOOR_NO_CANCEL.
This flag disables the <literal>cancellation</literal> process of the server
thread when the client aborts a <literal>door_call</literal> function due
to a signal.  For door servers which do not take advantage of <literal>cancellation</literal>, this change can prevent unwanted EINTR returns from interrupted
system calls.</para><para>For more information, see the <olink targetdoc="group-refman" targetptr="door-setparam-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>door_setparam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> and <olink targetdoc="refman3a" targetptr="door-create-3c" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>door_create</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3C</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man pages.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ftyum"><title>Memory Placement Optimization Hierarchical Lgroup
Support</title><para>This performance enhancement is new in
the Solaris Express 6/05 release.</para><para>Hierarchical Lgroup Support (HLS) improves the Memory Placement Optimization
(MPO) feature in the Solaris OS. HLS enables the Solaris OS to optimize performance
for machines that have more than local memory and remote memory latencies.
Machines with four or more Opteron CPUs might have local memory, remote memory,
and further remote memory. On such machines, HLS enables the Solaris OS to
distinguish between the degrees of remoteness. HLS enables the Solaris OS
to allocate resources with the lowest possible latency for applications. The
Solaris OS allocates local resources for a given application. And, if local
resources are not available by default, the Solaris OS allocates the nearest
remote resources.</para><para>The <citetitle>Programming Interfaces Guide</citetitle> explains the
abstraction that is used by the Solaris OS to identify which resources are
near each other for optimizing localization. The guide also describes the
API that can be used for the locality group (lgroup) abstraction. For more
information, see <olink targetdoc="refman3f" targetptr="liblgrp-3lib" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>liblgrp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3LIB</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="fxjhu"><title>Support for Virtual USB Keyboard and Mouse Devices</title><para>This desktop enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 6/05  release.</para><para>This feature enables the Solaris OS to support multiple keyboards  and
mouse devices simultaneously. The <literal>virtualkm</literal> feature also
 provides an auto-switch function that enables users to obtain separate input
for  keyboards and for mouse devices. All these enhancements are compatible
with existing  applications.</para><para>This feature is particularly useful for the following users:</para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>Users of systems with KVMS support</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Laptop users who connect an extra mouse</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Users with special keypads or other devices that are  declared
as keyboards or mouse devices</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>For more information, see <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="virtualkm-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>virtualkm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="ftzdt"><title>X Client Support for XFree86 Extensions</title><para>These X11 windowing enhancements are new in the Solaris Express 6/05
release.</para><para>These enhancements take advantage of X server extensions that were originally
developed by the XFree86 Project. These enhancements are now incorporated
into the Xorg X server.</para><para>The new programs available include the following:</para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>xgamma</literal></term><listitem><para>Alters a monitor's gamma correction through XF86VidMode extension</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>xrandr</literal></term><listitem><para>Resizes or rotates the screen through the RandR extension</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>xvidtune</literal></term><listitem><para>Provides video mode tuner for Xorg through XF86VidMode extension</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>xvinfo</literal></term><listitem><para>Prints X Video extension adapter information</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist><para>Advanced users can use these applications to tune the settings of the
Xorg server at runtime. This process provides more information about the capabilities
of the current system hardware.</para><note><para>These programs require support for the XFree86 extensions. As
such, these programs do not currently work with the Xsun X server. These programs
do not work with other X servers that lack this support.</para>
</note><para>For more information, see the man pages for each application.  Add <filename>/usr/X11/man</filename> to your $MANPATH, if needed, to view the man pages.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="fxjjp"><title>NVIDIA CK8-04 GE Driver Support</title><para>This driver support is new in the Solaris Express 6/05 release.</para><para>This release provides driver support for NVIDIA's gigabit Ethernet on
the x86 platform. This features supports NVIDIA's Nfore4 chipset, CK8-04.</para><para>For further information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="nge-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>nge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="fsuku"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 4/05</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 4/05 release.</para><sect2 id="fsumz"><title>TCP Keepalive Tunables</title><para>This networking enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 4/05 release.</para><para>With this enhancement, application developers can now fine tune the
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) keepalive mechanism on a per-socket basis.
 The <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="tcp-7p" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7P</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page
explains in detail how to use this enhancement.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="fpyuh"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 3/05</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 3/05 release.</para><sect2 id="fpyul"><title>Additional Banner Page Printing Option in Solaris
Print Manager</title><para>This system administration tool is new in the Solaris Express 3/05 release.</para><para>Solaris Print Manager has been expanded to include an additional &ldquo;Never
Print Banner&rdquo; option. Using this option ensures that banner  pages are
never printed for the specified print queue.</para><itemizedlist><para>Previously, you only had two choices for printing banner pages in Solaris
Print  Manager:</para><listitem><para>You could enable the &ldquo;always print banner&rdquo; option
in Solaris Print Manager.</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>You could select the banner on or off option when you submitted
a print job. This option was on by default.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>The current printing options in the Print Manager reflect the <command>lpadmin</command> command options for printing to local print queues.</para><para>For further information about the Solaris Print Manager, see the <olink targetdoc="sysadprtsvcs" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: Solaris Printing</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="fabay"><title>New Features in Solaris Express 2/05</title><para>This section describes all features that are new or have been enhanced
in the Solaris Express 2/05 release.</para><sect2 id="esqej"><title>Support for iSCSI Devices</title><para>This device management feature is new in the Solaris Express 2/05 release.</para><para>Support for Internet Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI) is provided
in this release. iSCSI is an Internet Protocol (IP)-based storage networking
standard for linking data storage subsystems. By carrying SCSI commands over
IP networks, the iSCSI protocol enables you to mount disk devices, from across
the network, onto your local system. On your local system, you can use the
devices like block devices.</para><itemizedlist><para>The iSCSI protocol does the following:</para><listitem><para>Runs across existing Ethernet networks</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Uses existing management tools for IP networks</para>
</listitem><listitem><para>Can be used to connect to fibre-channel or iSCSI Storage Area
Network (SAN) environments</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para>You can use the <command>iscsiadm</command> command to set up and manage
your iSCSI devices. For more information, see the <citetitle>System Administration
Guide: Devices and File Systems</citetitle> and the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="iscsiadm-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>iscsiadm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="whatsnew-171"><title>Fibre-Channel HBA Port Utility</title><para>This system administration feature is new in the Solaris Express 2/05
release.</para><para><command>fcinfo</command> is a command-line interface that collects
administrative information on fibre-channel host bus adapter (HBA) ports.
This interface also collects data about any fibre-channel targets that might
be connected to those ports in a Storage Area Network (SAN).</para><para>For further information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman1m" targetptr="fcinfo-1m" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>fcinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1M</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="fpcla"><title>Metaslot in the Cryptographic Framework</title><para>This security feature is new in the Solaris Express 2/05 release.
This feature is of interest to both system administrators and software developers.</para><para>The metaslot is a component of the Solaris cryptographic framework library, <literal>libpkcs11.so</literal>. With metaslot software, an application that needs
encryption can specify its cryptographic needs. With these specifications,
the most suitable cryptographic mechanism that is available on the system
will be supplied. The metaslot serves as a single virtual slot with the combined
capabilities of all tokens and slots that have been installed in the framework.
Effectively, the metaslot enables an application to connect transparently
with any available cryptographic service through a single slot.</para><para>The metaslot is automatically enabled. The system administrator can
explicitly disable the metaslot if preferred.</para><para>When an application requests a cryptographic service, the metaslot points
to the most appropriate slot, which simplifies the process of selecting a
slot. In some cases, a different slot might be required, in which case the
application must perform a separate search explicitly.</para><para>Further information about the cryptographic framework is provided in
the <citetitle>Solaris Security for Developers Guide</citetitle>. See also
the <citetitle>System Administration Guide: Security Services</citetitle>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="fpclr"><title>IKE Enhancements</title><para>These security enhancements are new in the Solaris Express 2/05 release.</para><para>IKE is fully compliant with NAT-Traversal support as described in RFC
3947 and RFC 3948.  IKE operations use the PKCS #11 library from the cryptographic
framework, which improves performance. The cryptographic framework provides
a <literal>softtoken</literal> keystore for applications that use the metaslot.
When IKE uses the metaslot, you have the option of storing the keys on an
attached board or in the <literal>softtoken</literal> keystore.</para><para>For further information about IKE, see the <olink targetdoc="sysadv3" remap="external"><citetitle remap="book">System Administration Guide: IP Services</citetitle></olink>.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="fpdia"><title>Xorg Release 6.8.2</title><para>This desktop enhancement is new in the Solaris Express 2/05 release.</para><para>The Xorg X server implementation has been upgraded from the 6.8.0 version
to version 6.8.2 in this release. This upgrade fixes several bugs in the modules
for various graphics cards. The upgrade also adds support for new graphics
card models.</para>
</sect2><sect2 id="fpchr"><title>New and Updated Drivers</title><para>In the Solaris Express 2/05 release, the <literal>chxge</literal> driver
supports the Chelsio 10G Ethernet controller card. This support is provided
on 32&ndash;bit and 64&ndash;bit architectures for both x86 and SPARC platforms.
This driver supports the DLPI interface and checksum offload.</para><para>For detailed information, see the <olink targetdoc="refman7" targetptr="chxge-7d" remap="external"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>chxge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7D</manvolnum></citerefentry></olink> man page.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1><sect1 id="whatsnew-172"><title>Key Features in Solaris Express</title><para>The Solaris Express releases introduce enhancements to the Solaris 10
OS. The Solaris 10 OS includes the following key features.</para><para>In the Solaris 10 OS, Sun Microsystems developed a new architecture
for building and deploying systems and services that are capable of Predictive
Self-Healing. Self-healing technology enables Sun systems and services to
maximize availability. The Predictive Self-Healing feature includes significant
changes to the booting and service administration processes. Also in the Solaris
10 OS, changes in the installation of the operating system provide a simplified
and unified installation process.</para><para>The Solaris 10 OS introduces Solaris Zones software partitioning technology.
Solaris Zones is a component of the Solaris Containers environment. Zones
are used to virtualize operating system services. Zones provide an isolated
and secure environment for running applications.</para><para>Other key features in the Solaris 10 software include the DTrace dynamic
tracing facility, process rights management, and a new architecture for network
stacks. DTrace is a comprehensive dynamic tracing facility that gives Solaris
users, administrators, and developers a new level of observability into the
kernel and user processes. In the Solaris software, processes that previously
required superuser capabilities now require process rights. Process rights
management uses privileges to restrict processes to only those rights that
are required to perform the task. Also of particular importance, the networking
stack for TCP connections has been rearchitected to deliver extremely high
performance while improving the scalability.</para><para>Java 2 Platform, Standard Edition 5 is another key technology. Also
of particular significance, the Solaris 10 software introduces support for
the 64&ndash;bit computing capabilities of the AMD Opteron processor. Finally,
the Solaris 10 software introduces the Java Desktop System. This desktop system
combines open source software with Sun innovation.</para><para>For a complete summary of all the new features that are new in the Solaris
10 release, see <citetitle>Solaris 10 What's New</citetitle> at <ulink url="http://docs.sun.com" type="url">http://docs.sun.com</ulink>. For a summary
of features that were introduced in the Solaris 9, Solaris 8, or Solaris 7
releases, see <citetitle>What's New in the Solaris 9 Operating Environment</citetitle> at <ulink url="http://docs.sun.com" type="url">http://docs.sun.com</ulink>.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>